You are on page 1of 432

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

This document is intended to assist a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor in teaching


basic information related to the operation and maintenance of the ARRIEL 2B-2B12D turboshaft engines.
It is a training aid and should only be used to support the training course to which
it refers, and only by a person attending such training. It must not be used in any
other circumstances.
It will not be updated and should not be relied upon for the maintenance or repair of
ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D engines. Only the current approved TURBOMECA maintenance
technical publications should be used for such purposes.
The acquisition of this document does not constitute proof of official formal training. Only
completion of a course delivered by a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor can lead to the
issuance of a TURBOMECA-recognised training certificate stating, when applicable, a
successful result.
Turbomeca Training - February 2012
This document is the property of TURBOMECA and it may not be copied without the express written authority of TURBOMECA.
Turbomeca Training is a registered Trademark.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.1

FOREWORD

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FOREWORD

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

0 - Foreword
1 - Introduction
2 - Power plant
3 - Engine
4 - Oil system
5 - Air system
6 - Fuel system

8 - Measurement and indicating


systems
9 - Starting system
1
0 - Electrical system
1
1 - Engine installation
1
2 - Troubleshooting
1
3 - Checking of knowledge

7 - Control system

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.2

SUMMARY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SUMMARY

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

0 - FOREWORD

Technical publications Advisory notices............................ 2.24


Lubricants / Fuels / Materials Preservation and storage............... 2.26
Safety Management - Human
Factors........................................... 2.28 - 2.29

- Summary........................................... 0.2
- Table of contents............................... 0.3
- Index of pages per variants............... 0.7
- List of abbreviations.......................... 0.17
- Conversion table............................... 0.20

1 - INTRODUCTION

3 - ENGINE

- General information.......................... 1.2


- Training programme......................... 1.4 - 1.5

2 - POWER PLANT

- Power plant....................................... 2.2


- Principle of adaptation to the
helicopter.......................................... 2.8
- Main characteristics.......................... 2.10
- Design and development................. 2.14
- Maintenance.................................... 2.16
Maintenance concept.................... 2.16
Life limitations................................. 2.18
Preventive and corrective
maintenance................................... 2.20
Technical publications Presentation.................................. 2.22

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Engine presentation.......................... 3.2


- Axial compressor.............................. 3.6
- Centrifugal compressor .................... 3.8
- Combustion chamber........................ 3.10
- Gas generator turbine....................... 3.12
- Power turbine.................................... 3.14
- Exhaust system................................. 3.16
- Reduction gearbox............................ 3.18
- Transmission shaft and accessory
gearbox ............................................ 3.20
- Engine - Operation........................... 3.26
- Engine - 1st line maintenance.......... 3.28 - 3.33

Edition: February 2012

0.3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
4 - OIL SYSTEM

- Oil system presentation.................... 4.2


- Oil tank - Oil cooler - Oil pressure
transmitter......................................... 4.8
- Oil pumps.......................................... 4.10
- Oil filter and heat exchanger............. 4.12
- 2B-2B1: Oil filter pre-blockage
indicator............................................ 4.18
- 2D: Oil pressure and temperature
transmitters....................................... 4.20
- 2B-2B1: Low oil pressure switch....... 4.22
- Mechanical magnetic plugs............... 4.24
- Scavenge strainers........................... 4.26
- Oil valve assembly............................ 4.28
- Electrical magnetic plug.................... 4.30
- Centrifugal breather.......................... 4.32
- External oil pipes............................... 4.34
- Oil system - Operation..................... 4.36
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance.... 4.38 - 4.43

5 - AIR SYSTEM

- Air system presentation.................... 5.2


- Internal air system............................. 5.4
- Air tappings....................................... 5.6

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Compressor bleed valve................... 5.8


- P3 pressure transmitter..................... 5.12
- External air pipes.............................. 5.14
- Air system - 1st line maintenance.... 5.16 - 5.19

6 - FUEL SYSTEM

- Fuel system presentation ................. 6.2


- Pump and metering unit assembly.... 6.8
Fuel pumps..................................... 6.12
Fuel filter......................................... 6.16
Fuel filter indication........................ 6.20
2D: Fuel pressure and temperature
transmitters..................................... 6.24
2B-2B1: Low fuel pressure switch.. 6.26
Start purge valve............................ 6.28
Metering unit................................... 6.32
- Fuel valves assembly........................ 6.46
- Start injectors.................................... 6.54
- Main injection system........................ 6.56
- Combustion chamber drain valve..... 6.58
- Fuel system - Operation................... 6.60
- External fuel pipes............................ 6.80
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance. 6.82 - 6.87

Edition: February 2012

0.4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM

- Control system presentation............. 7.2


- Engine Electronic Control Unit.......... 7.10
- Control system - Operation.............. 7.14
- Control system - Indication and
monitoring......................................... 7.30
- Control system - General
operation.......................................... 7.40
- Control system - 1st line
maintenance.................................... 7.42 - 7.51

8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS
- Measurement and indicating
systems presentation........................ 8.2
- Speed measurement
and indicating system....................... 8.4

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- T4.5 measurement and indicating


system............................................... 8.14
- Torque measurement and indicating
system............................................... 8.18
- 2D: EDR - Engine Data Recorder..... 8.22
- Miscellaneous indications................. 8.24
- Measurement and indicating
systems - 1st line maintenance........ 8.32 - 8.35

9 - STARTING SYSTEM

- Starting system presentation........... 9.2


- Starter-generator............................... 9.4
- Ignition system.................................. 9.6
- Starting system - Operation............. 9.8
- Starting system - 1st line
maintenance.................................... 9.10 - 9.13

Edition: February 2012

0.5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
10 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

- Electrical system presentation.......... 10.2


- Alternator.......................................... 10.4
- Electrical harnesses.......................... 10.8
- Electrical system - 1st line
maintenance.................................... 10.10 - 10.13

1
1 - ENGINE INSTALLATION

- Engine compartment........................ 11.2


- Engine mounting and lifting............... 11.4
- Air intake and exhaust system.......... 11.6
- Engine/airframe system interfaces.... 11.8
- Drains - Purges - Air vents................ 11.16
- Fire protection................................... 11.18
- Engine installation - 1st line
maintenance.................................... 11.20 - 11.25

12 - TROUBLESHOOTING

- General............................................ 12.2
- Troubleshooting............................... 12.4
- Conclusion....................................... 12.8 - 12.9

1
3 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

- Introduction....................................... 13.2
- Questionnaire 1................................ 13.3
- Questionnaire 2................................ 13.6
- Questionnaire 3................................ 13.12
- Questionnaire 4................................. 13.15 - 13.30

OBSERVATIONS........................... LAST PAGE


These Training Notes are established to meet the training
requirements, to a certain extent, take into consideration
ATA104 recommendations and the requirements of the various
authorities concerned.
This document has 414 pages. It was produced using a desktop
publishing system.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

2B-2B1


X


X

X

X

X

X

2D
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X

X

CHAPTER 2

Power plant - General.......................................................................................................... 2.2 - 2.3


Main characteristics - Engine ratings.......................................................................................... 2.10
Main characteristics - Engine ratings...........................................................................................2.11
Main characteristics - Engine operating envelope...................................................................... 2.13
Design and development................................................................................................. 2.14 - 2.15
Maintenance - Life limitations............................................................................................ 2.18 - 2.19
Maintenance - Technical publications - Presentation.................................................................. 2.23

CHAPTER 3

Engine presentation - General............................................................................................. 3.2 - 3.3


Axial compressor - Presentation........................................................................................... 3.6 - 3.7
Centrifugal compressor - Presentation.................................................................................. 3.8 - 3.9
Gas generator turbine - Presentation................................................................................ 3.12 - 3.13
Power turbine - Presentation............................................................................................. 3.14 - 3.15
Exhaust system ................................................................................................................ 3.16 - 3.17
Reduction gearbox - General............................................................................................ 3.18 - 3.19
Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox - General...................................................... 3.20 - 3.21
Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox - Operation................................................... 3.24 - 3.25
Engine - Operation........................................................................................................... 3.26 - 3.27
Engine - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2B-2B1).................................. 3.28 - 3.29
Engine - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2D)......................................... 3.30 - 3.31

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.7

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS


2B-2B1

2D


X
X

X

X

X

X
X

X



X

X


X

X
X

X

X
X

X
X

X

X

X

CHAPTER 4

Oil system presentation - General........................................................................................ 4.2 - 4.3


Oil system presentation - Description (2B-2B1).................................................................... 4.4 - 4.5
Oil system presentation - Description (2D)........................................................................... 4.6 - 4.7
Oil tank - Oil cooler - Oil pressure transmitter....................................................................... 4.8 - 4.9
Oil filter and heat exchanger - General............................................................................. 4.12 - 4.13
Oil filter and heat exchanger - Description - Operation (2B-2B1)...................................... 4.14 - 4.15
Oil filter and heat exchanger - Description - Operation (2D)............................................. 4.16 - 4.17
Oil filter pre-blockage indicator (2B-2B1).......................................................................... 4.18 - 4.19
Low oil pressure switch (2B-2B1)...................................................................................... 4.20 - 4.21
Mechanical magnetic plugs......................................................................................................... 4.23
Centrifugal breather.................................................................................................................... 4.30
Oil system - Operation................................................................................................................ 4.33
External oil pipes............................................................................................................... 4.34 - 4.35
Oil system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2B-2B1)........................... 4.36 - 4.37
Oil system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2D).................................. 4.38 - 4.39
Oil system - 1st line maintenance - Corrective maintenance..................................................... 4.41

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.8

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

2B-2B1

2D

X
X
X
X
X
X


X
X

X



X

X

X

X



X

X



X

X



X


X

CHAPTER 5

Air system presentation ........................................................................................................ 5.2 - 5.3


Air tappings .......................................................................................................................... 5.6 - 5.7
External air pipes.............................................................................................................. 5.14 - 5.15
Air system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance..................................................... 5.17

CHAPTER 6

Fuel system presentation - General...................................................................................... 6.2 - 6.3


Fuel system presentation - Description (2B-2B1)................................................................. 6.4 - 6.5
Fuel system presentation - Description (2D)......................................................................... 6.6 - 6.7
Pump and metering unit assembly - Presentation (2B-2B1)................................................. 6.8 - 6.9
Pump and metering unit assembly - Presentation (2D).................................................... 6.10 - 6.11
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel pumps (2B-2B1).............................................. 6.12 - 6.13
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel pumps (2D)...................................................... 6.14 - 6.15
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel filter (2B-2B1).................................................. 6.16 - 6.17
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel filter (2D).......................................................... 6.18 - 6.19
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel filter indication (2B-2B1).................................. 6.20 - 6.21
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel filter indication (2D).......................................... 6.22 - 6.23
Pump and metering unit assembly - Fuel pressure and temperature transmitters (2D)... 6.24 - 6.25

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.9

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS


2B-2B1

2D


X

X

X

X

X


X

X



X
X

X
X


X
X


X


X



X


X

CHAPTER 6 (CONTINUED)

Pump and metering unit assembly - Low fuel pressure switch (2B-2B1).......................... 6.26 - 6.27
Pump and metering unit assembly - Start purge valve (2B-2B1)...................................... 6.28 - 6.29
Pump and metering unit assembly - Start purge valve (2D)............................................. 6.30 - 6.31
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - General (2B).................................... 6.32 - 6.33
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - Automatic control
system (normal operation) (2B)......................................................................................... 6.34 - 6.35
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - Manual control system (2B)............. 6.36 - 6.37
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - Forced idle mode - Mixed
mode (2B)......................................................................................................................... 6.38 - 6.39
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - General (2B1-2D)............................ 6.40 - 6.41
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - Automatic control
system (2B1-2D)............................................................................................................... 6.42 - 6.43
Pump and metering unit assembly - Metering unit - Automatic back-up control
system (2B1-2D)............................................................................................................... 6.44 - 6.45
Fuel valves assembly - Presentation (2B-2B1)................................................................. 6.46 - 6.47
Fuel valves assembly - Operation (2B-2B1)..................................................................... 6.48 - 6.49
Fuel valves assembly - Presentation (2D)........................................................................ 6.50 - 6.51
Fuel valves assembly - Operation (2D)............................................................................. 6.52 - 6.53

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.10

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

2B-2B1



X

X

X

X

X

X











X

X



X

2D
X
X





X
X
X
X
X
X

X

CHAPTER 6 (CONTINUED)

Start injectors.............................................................................................................................. 6.54


Start injectors.............................................................................................................................. 6.55
Fuel system - Operation (2B-2B1) - Pre-start................................................................... 6.60 - 6.61
Fuel system - Operation (2B-2B1) - Fuel system purge.................................................... 6.62 - 6.63
Fuel system - Operation (2B-2B1) - Starting..................................................................... 6.64 - 6.65
Fuel system - Operation (2B-2B1) - Normal running - Back-up control............................ 6.66 - 6.67
Fuel system - Operation (2B-2B1) - Shut-down................................................................ 6.68 - 6.69
Fuel system - Operation (2D) - Pre-start........................................................................... 6.70 - 6.71
Fuel system - Operation (2D) - Fuel system purge........................................................... 6.72 - 6.73
Fuel system - Operation (2D) - Starting............................................................................ 6.74 - 6-75
Fuel system - Operation (2D) - Normal running - Back-up control.................................... 6.76 - 6-77
Fuel system - Operation (2D) - Shut-down....................................................................... 6.78 - 6.79
External fuel pipes....................................................................................................................... 6.81
Fuel system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2B-2B1)......................... 6.82 - 6.83
Fuel system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2D)................................. 6.84 - 6.85
Fuel system - 1st line maintenance - Corrective maintenance................................................... 6.87

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.11

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS


2B-2B1

2D


X
X

X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X
X

X

CHAPTER 7

Control system presentation - General................................................................................ 7.2 - 7.3


Control system presentation - Description (2B).................................................................... 7.4 - 7.5
Control system presentation - Description 1 (2B1-2D).......................................................... 7.6 - 7.7
Control system presentation - Description 2 (2B1-2D).......................................................... 7.8 - 7.9
Engine Electronic Control Unit - General.......................................................................... 7.10 - 7.11
Engine Electronic Control Unit - EECU inputs and outputs............................................... 7.12 - 7.13
Control system - Operation - Main functions..................................................................... 7.14 - 7.15
Control system - Operation - Control................................................................................ 7.16 - 7.17
Control system - Operation - Starting (2B-2B1)................................................................ 7.20 - 7.21
Control system - Operation - Starting (2D)........................................................................ 7.22 - 7.23
Control system - Operation - Speed control...................................................................... 7.24 - 7.25
Control system - Operation - Manual mode - Manual mode training (2B)......................... 7.26 - 7.27
Control system - Operation - Principle of limitations................................................................... 7.28
Control system - Indication and monitoring - General................................................................. 7.30
Control system - Indication and monitoring - General................................................................. 7.31
Control system - Indication and monitoring - Failure Tolerance - Failure indication (2B).. 7.32 - 7.33

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.12

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

2B-2B1

2D

CHAPTER 7 (CONTINUED)

CHAPTER 8


X
X


X
X

X
X


X

X

X


X







X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Control system - Indication and monitoring - Failure Tolerance - Failure


indication (2B1-2D)........................................................................................................... 7.34 - 7.35
Control system - Indication and monitoring - Failure Tolerance Tables (example)...................... 7.37
Control system - General operation - Functions performed by the electronic
control system................................................................................................................... 7.40 - 7.41
Control system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2B-2B1)..................... 7.42 - 7.43
Control system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2D)............................ 7.44 - 7.45
Control system - 1st line maintenance - Corrective maintenance - EECU
maintenance (2B-2B1)...................................................................................................... 7.48 - 7.49
Control system - 1st line maintenance - Corrective maintenance - EDR
maintenance (2D).............................................................................................................. 7.50 - 7.51
Speed measurement and indicating system - General (2B)................................................. 8.4 - 8.5
Speed measurement and indicating system - General (2B1-2D).......................................... 8.6 - 8.7
Speed measurement and indicating system - N1 speed sensors (2B)................................. 8.8 - 8.9
Speed measurement and indicating system - N1 speed sensor (2B1-2D)....................... 8.10 - 8.11
Speed measurement and indicating system - N2 speed sensors..................................... 8.12 - 8.13
T4.5 measurement and indicating system - Presentation................................................. 8.14 - 8.15
T4.5 measurement and indicating system - System components..................................... 8.16 - 8.17

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.13

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS


2B-2B1

2D

CHAPTER 8 (CONTINUED)

CHAPTER 9


X
X

X
X

X

X

X
X

X
X

X


X
X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X
X

Torque measurement and indicating system - Presentation............................................. 8.18 - 8.19


Torque measurement and indicating system - System components........................................... 8.20
Torque measurement and indicating system - System components........................................... 8.21
EDR - Engine Data Recorder (2D).................................................................................... 8.22 - 8.23
Miscellaneous indications - Indicators............................................................................... 8.26 - 8.27
Miscellaneous indications - VEMD - Presentation............................................................ 8.28 - 8.29
Measurement and indicating systems - 1st line maintenance - Preventive
maintenance................................................................................................................................ 8.33
Measurement and indicating systems - 1st line maintenance - Corrective maintenance........... 8.35
Starting system presentation................................................................................................. 9.2 - 9.3
Starter-generator................................................................................................................... 9.4 - 9.5
Ignition system.............................................................................................................................. 9.6
Starting system - Operation.......................................................................................................... 9.8
Starting system - Operation.......................................................................................................... 9.9
Starting system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance..............................................9.11

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.14

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

2B-2B1

2D

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

CHAPTER 10

Alternator - General........................................................................................................... 10.4 - 10.5


Alternator - Description - Operation.................................................................................. 10.6 - 10.7
Electrical harnesses.......................................................................................................... 10.8 - 10.9
Electrical system - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance..........................................10.11

CHAPTER 11

CHAPTER 12


X
X

X
X

X



X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X

Air intake and exhaust system...........................................................................................11.6 - 11.7


Engine/airframe system interfaces - Oil system.................................................................11.8 - 11.9
Engine/airframe system interfaces - Fuel system (2B-2B1)........................................... 11.10 - 11.11
Engine/airframe system interfaces - Fuel system (2D)..................................................11.12 - 11.13
Engine/airframe system interfaces - Electrical system...................................................11.14 - 11-15
Drains - Purges - Air vents.........................................................................................................11.16
Drains - Purges - Air vents.........................................................................................................11.17
Engine installation - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2B-2B1).............11.20 - 11.21
Engine installation - 1st line maintenance - Preventive maintenance (2D)....................11.22 - 11.23
Troubleshooting - Anomalies during engine shut-down.............................................................. 12.6

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.15

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS


2B-2B1

2D


X

X

X

X

X

X
X

CHAPTER 13

Questionnaire 3......................................................................................................................... 13.13


Questionnaire 4......................................................................................................................... 13.17
Questionnaire 4......................................................................................................................... 13.18
Questionnaire 4......................................................................................................................... 13.22
Questionnaire 4......................................................................................................................... 13.23
Questionnaire 4......................................................................................................................... 13.26

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

0.16

INDEX OF PAGES PER VARIANTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

The abbreviations / symbols shown below may be used during training:


A/C................. Aircraft
AC.................. Alternating Current
ACMS............. Automatic Control Monitoring System
ACW............... Anti-clockwise
AEO................ All Engines Operating
AFCS.............. Automatic Flight Control System
APM................ Auto Pilot Module
ATA................. Air Transport Association
ATS................. Air Traffic Services
BITE............... Built-In Test Equipment
CAN................ Controller Area Network
cc/hr................ Cubic centimetres per hour
CFT................. Frequency/Voltage Converter
cSt.................. CentiStoke
CW.................. Clockwise
daN................. decaNewtons
dB................... Decibels
DC.................. Direct Current
DDR................ DECU Digital Read-out
DECU............. Digital Engine Control Unit
DGAC............. Direction Gnrale de l'Aviation Civile
EASA.............. European Aviation Safety Agency
EBCAU .......... Engine Back-up Control Auxiliary Unit
Ec................... Kinetic energy
EDR................ Engine Data Recorder

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

EECU............. Engine Electronic Control Unit


EGT................ Exhaust Gas Temperature
FAA................. Federal Aviation Administration
FADEC........... Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FCU................ Fuel Control Unit
FLI.................. First Limit Indicator
FM.................. Flight Manual
FMU................ Fuel Metering Unit
FOD................ Foreign Object Damage
ft..................... Feet
FWD............... Forward
G..................... Mass air flow
g..................... Grams
HE.................. High Energy
HF................... Human Factor
HFC................ Hourly Fuel Consumption
HP................... Horsepower
HP................... High Pressure
Hz................... Hertz
ICAO............... International Civil Aviation Organisation
ICP.................. Intermediate Contingency Power
ID.................... Identification
IFDS............... Integrated Flight Display System
IIDS................ Integrated Instrument Display System
ILS.................. Integrated Logistics Support

Edition: February 2012

0.17

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ISA.................. International Standard Atmosphere
ISV.................. Servo-valve intensity
kHz................. Kilohertz
kPa................. Kilopascal
kW.................. Kilowatt
lb..................... Pound
lb/HP.hr........... Pounds per Horse Power per hour
lb/hr................ Pounds per hour
lb/sec. ............ Pounds per second
LP................... Low Pressure
LRU................ Line Replaceable Unit
LTT................. Learning Through Teaching
LVDT............... Linear Variable Differential Transducer
m..................... Metres
mA.................. Milliamperes
MAX................ Maximum
MCP................ Max Continuous Power
MCQ............... Multiple-choice Questionnaire
MGB............... Main gearbox
MHz................ Megahertz
MIN................. Minimum
mm.................. Millimetre
MTBF.............. Mean Time Between Failure
MTBUR........... Mean Time Between Unscheduled
Removal

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(CONTINUED)

MTCP............. Maintenance Test Control Panel


MTOP............. Maximum Take-Off Power
mV.................. Millivolts
N..................... Rotation speed
N1, Ng............ Gas generator rotation speed
N2, NTL.......... Power turbine rotation speed
NGV................ Nozzle Guide Vane
NMD............... Navigation and Mission Display
NR.................. Rotor rotation speed
O/S................. Overspeed
OEI................. One Engine Inoperative
P..................... Pressure
P3................... Compressor outlet pressure
PCMCIA.......... Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
PH.................. Oil pressure
POS................ Position
ppm................ Parts per million
PSI.................. Pounds per Square Inch
PSID............... Pounds per Square Inch Differential
PT................... Power Turbine
RAM................ Random-Access Memory
ROM............... Read-Only Memory
rpm................. Revolutions per minute
RTD................ Resistive Temperature Device

Edition: February 2012

0.18

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(CONTINUED)

SFC................ Specific Fuel Consumption


shp.................. Shaft horse power
SI.................... International System
SMM............... Safety Management Manual
SMS................ Safety Management System
SRU................ Shop Repleacable Unit
t...................... Time
T..................... Temperature
T/O.................. Take-Off
TBO................ Time Between Overhauls
TET................. Turbine Entry Temperature
TOT................ Turbine Outlet Temperature
TRQ................ Torque
US G............... US Gallon
VAC................ Volts, Alternating Current
VDC................ Volts, Direct Current
VEMD............. Vehicle and Engine Multi-function display
VMS................ Vehicle Monitoring System
W.................... Power
WF.................. Fuel flow
XBV................ Bleed Valve position
XCP................ Collective pitch position
XMV................ Metering Valve position
XPa................. Pedal position signal
XTL................. Pedal position signal
Z..................... Altitude
Zp................... Pressure altitude
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

C................... Degrees Celsius


F.................... Degrees Fahrenheit
K.................... Degrees Kelvin
...................... Positive and negative for electrical circuits
..................... Ohm
..................... Difference
P................... Pressure difference
%.................... Percent
<..................... Less than
>..................... More than
..................... Angular velocity
*...................... Datum (e.g. N1* = N1 datum)

Edition: February 2012

0.19

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

UNIT

Length

1 mm
1 m

Volume

1 dm3 = 1 litre

Mass

1 kg

= 2.2 lb

Power

1 kW

= 1.34 HP

Temperature

C
K

Pressure

1 kPa = 0.01 bar

= 0.145 PSI

Flow (air, oil, fuel)

1 kg/s

= 2.2 lb/sec.

Specific Fuel Consumption

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

International System

1 g/kW.h

Edition: February 2012

British or American Systems

= 0.039 inches
= 3 ft 3 inches = 39 inches
= 0.26 US gallons

= (F-32).5/9
= [(F-32).5/9] + 273

= 0.00164 lb/HP.hr
0.20

CONVERSION TABLE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONVERSION TABLE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1 - INTRODUCTION
- General information............................................................................... 1.2
- Training programme.............................................................................. 1.4 - 1.5

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

1.1

INTRODUCTION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

GENERAL INFORMATION
TURBOMECA Training

Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons, but also


to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred by unjustified
removals and excessive downtime.

In accordance with TURBOMECA support's proximity policy,


TURBOMECA Training has developed a worldwide training
network: it has an official office or Training Center for each
continent.

"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency".

TURBOMECA Training courses can therefore be conducted


worldwide:

Objectives of training

- In the TURBOMECA France reference Training Center

The main objective is the acquisition of the knowledge required


for the tasks to be achieved (know and know how).

- In the TURBOMECA USA reference Training Center


- In the TURBOMECA do Brasil reference Training Center

Further information is also communicated to widen the skill


and the experience of the trainee.

- In other TURBOMECA subsidiaries, e.g. TURBOMECA


AUSTRALASIA or TURBOMECA ASIA PACIFIC
(Singapore)

Training approach

- In delegated Training Centers

- Performance based training according to task analysis,


with classroom sessions, student involvement, practical work
and troubleshooting techniques

- In TURBOMECA approved Training Centers

- Advanced training aids: training notes, multimedia


courseware (or Computer Aided Presentation) and
demonstration training engine
- Instructors trained on the product and in training methods,
and qualified by TURBOMECA
- Courses are taught in English and French.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Directly on the customer's site.


The training courses are conducted by an instructor detached
from TURBOMECA or by a TURBOMECA qualified and
accredited instructor.

TURBOMECA training contact


The focal point for all your TURBOMECA Training needs is the
"TURBOMECA Operator On-Line Support" (TOOLS) web site:
www.turbomeca-support.com

Edition: February 2012

1.2

INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

"The power of knowledge"

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OBJECTIVES OF TRAINING

Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons,


but also to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred
by unjustified removals and excessive downtime.
TRAINING APPROACH

"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency".


North America Area
TM USA
RTC

Europe Africa Middle East

The focal point for all your


TURBOMECA Training needs:

www.turbomeca-support.com

TM F
RTC

Corporate
TURBOMECA
Training

TAP
RTC

TM B
RTC
South America Area

GENERAL INFORMATION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

Asia Pacific Australasia

RTC ................. Reference Training Center


TM ................... TURBOMECA
TM F ................ TURBOMECA France
TM USA........... TURBOMECA USA
TM B................ TURBOMECA do Brasil
TAP ................. TURBOMECA Asia Pacific

1.3

INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TRAINING: "The power of knowledge"

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

The training programme is established to meet the


training requirements and takes into consideration ATA 104
recommendations and the requirements of the various authorities
concerned.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TRAINING PROGRAMME

It should be noted that the "classroom sessions" alternate with


periods devoted to demonstrations, practical exercises and visits.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

1.4

INTRODUCTION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
TRAINING PROGRAMME

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
OBJECTIVE

DURATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 DAYS

1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


COURSE

At the end of this course, the student will be able to identify the engine components, to describe and to
explain the operation of the engine and its systems, to carry out maintenance procedures (engine
installed in the airframe) and troubleshooting.

5 DAYS

2ND LINE MAINTENANCE


COURSE

At the end of this course, the student will be able to identify the engine components, to carry out
all the maintenance procedures (engine removed from the airframe), mainly the removal/installation of
modules and shop replaceable units.
PROGRAMME: The programme mainly includes practical work. This programme can be carried out
after the 1st line maintenance programme.

3 DAYS

At the end of the course, the trainee will be able to carry out the intramodular maintenance procedures
(deep maintenance).
3RD LINE MAINTENANCE
COURSE

PROGRAMME: This course consists entirely of practical work and the students must have certain
qualications. The course documentation consists of Maintenance Technical
Instructions and the Maintenance Manual. The qualication awarded at the end of this
course has certain limits and requires regular renewal.

FROM 3 DAYS
TO 3 WEEKS

At the end of this course, the trainee will have a greater understanding of the engine and its systems.
REFRESHER

NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the rst line maintenance
course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.

2 DAYS

At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to better identify and correct operating problems.
TROUBLESHOOTING

FUEL AND CONTROL


SYSTEM

ENGINE
DOCUMENTATION

NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the rst line maintenance
course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.
At the end of this course, the trainee will have an in-depth understanding of the engine fuel and control
systems.
NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the rst line
maintenance course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.
At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to understand and use the engine documentation.
NOTE: A general knowledge of engines is recommended.

2 DAYS

2 DAYS

2 DAYS

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS / ATA 104 RECOMMENDATIONS / REQUIREMENTS OF THE VARIOUS AUTHORITIES CONCERNED

TRAINING PROGRAMME
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

1.5

INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FAMILIARISATION

At the end of this course, the student will be able to describe the engine, to explain its principle of
operation and to identify the main components of the engine and systems.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 - POWER PLANT
- Power plant (71-00-00) .......................................................................... 2.2
- Principle of adaptation to the helicopter ............................................ 2.8
- Main characteristics ............................................................................. 2.10
- Design and development..................................................................... 2.14
- Maintenance.......................................................................................... 2.16
Maintenance concept........................................................................ 2.16
Life limitations.................................................................................... 2.18
Preventive and corrective maintenance........................................... 2.20
Technical publications - Presentation............................................. 2.22
Technical publications - Advisory notices...................................... 2.24
Lubricants / Fuels / Materials (71-00-02) - Preservation and
storage (71-05-01).............................................................................. 2.26
Safety Management - Human Factors.............................................. 2.28 - 2.29

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.1

POWER PLANT

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT

Function
The power plant provides power by transforming the energy
contained in the air and fuel into shaft power.

Main characteristics
- Type: free turbine turboshaft engine, with forward power drive,
external power transmission shaft
- Concept: modular
- Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP) (engine installed):
2D: 598 kW (802 shp), ISA, sea level, with torque
limitation
2B-2B1: 557 kW (746 shp)
- Specific fuel consumption:
2B-2B1: 376 g/kW.h at 400 kW
2D: 370 g/kW.h at 400 kW

- Approximate dimensions and mass of the engine:


Length: 1166 mm (45.9 inches)
Width: 609 mm (23.8 inches)
Height: 465.5 mm (18.2 inches)
Mass dry (with free wheel):
- 2B-2B1: 136 kg (300lb)
- 2D: 139 kg (306lb)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

- Approximate dimensions and mass of the EECU:


Length: 300 mm (11.7 inches)
Width: 200 mm (7.8 inches)
Height: 80 mm (3 inches)
Mass: 4.2 kg (9.24 lb).

Main components
- Turboshaft engine with its equipment
- Engine Electronic Control Unit (EECU).

- Output shaft speed:


2D: 6000 rpm (at 100% N2)
2B-2B1: 5990 rpm (at 100% N2)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.2

POWER PLANT

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

GAS
AIR

POWER PLANT

POWER

Type:
Free turbine
FUEL

2D: 6000 rpm at 100% N2


2B-2B1: 5990 rpm at 100% N2

Concept:
Modular
Mass dry (with free wheel):
2B-2B1: 136 kg (300 lb)
2D: 139 kg (306 lb)

Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP):


(engine installed)
2D: 598 kW (802 shp), ISA,
sea level, with torque limitation
2B-2B1: 557 kW (746 shp)

ENGINE ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT (EECU)

Specific fuel consumption:


2B-2B1: 376 g/kW.h at 400 kW
2D: 370 g/kW.h at 400 kW

GENERAL

POWER PLANT
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.3

POWER PLANT

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
This description considers the functional components of the
engine.

Gas generator

- External transmission shaft located in a protection tube which


connects the reduction gearbox to the accessory gearbox
- An coaxial output shaft with main and rear power drive is
fitted in the transmission shaft which drives it through a free
wheel unit.

- Single-stage axial compressor


- Centrifugal compressor
- Annular combustion chamber with centrifugal fuel injection
- Single-stage axial turbine.

Transmission shaft

Accessory gearbox
- Gearbox containing the accessory drive train and the main
power drive.

Power turbine
- Single-stage axial turbine.

Exhaust pipe
- Elliptical, axial exhaust pipe.

Reduction gearbox
- Reduction gearbox comprising three helical gears.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.4

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Axial
compressor

Centrifugal
compressor

Combustion
chamber

POWER
TURBINE

Turbine

EXHAUST
PIPE

ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
Accessory
drive train
Power
drive
(rear)

Main power
drive

Free wheel
unit

TRANSMISSION
SHAFT

REDUCTION
GEARBOX

DESCRIPTION

POWER PLANT
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.5

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GAS GENERATOR

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Power turbine

This part deals with the parameters and the adaptation of the
gas generator and power turbine.

The power turbine operation is defined by the balance between


the power received from the gas generator and the torque
applied on the shaft, that is the torque TRQ and the rotation
speed N2.

Component adaptation
For the engine operation, two functional assemblies can be
considered:
- The gas generator which provides kinetic energy
- The power turbine which transforms the gas energy into
mechanical power on a shaft.
The two assemblies have different rotation speeds.

- The torque TRQ is a function of the N2 rotation speed

- At constant N2 speed, the power is only a function of the


torque

The gas generator operation is defined by:


- The air mass flow G (air flow which enters the engine)
- The air pressure P3 and air temperature T3 at the centrifugal
compressor outlet
- The fuel flow WF injected into the combustion chamber

- The rotation speed N1 of the gas generator

The operation is represented by the diagram which shows the


power W, the rotation speeds N1 and N2 and the max. torque
limit TRQ imposed by the mechanical transmission:

- The power W is equal to the torque TRQ multiplied by the


angular velocity

Gas generator

- The gas temperature TET at the turbine entry

Operation

- The engine parameters can be represented as a function of


a reference parameter; N1 for example.

Control
The operation of the engine is controlled and monitored by an
Engine Electronic Control Unit.

- The kinetic energy Ec supplied to the power turbine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.6

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OPERATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

N1
(rotation speed)

G
(air mass
flow)

P3, T3
(compressor outlet
pressure and temperature)

POWER TURBINE
TRQ
(shaft torque)
Ec
(kinetic
energy)

N2
(constant rotation speed)
W
(shaft power)

TET
(turbine entry temperature)
WF
(fuel flow)

ENGINE
PARAMETERS

TRQ
Q

Ma

qu

or

t
x.

R
eT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GAS GENERATOR

Isospeeds
N1

W = TRQ .
= 2. .N
60

P0
W C
HF T
TE

/
P3

SFC

N2
Power W and speeds N1, N2

N2
Torque TRQ as a function of N2

N1
P3/P0: Compression ratio
HFC: Hourly Fuel Consumption
SFC : Specific Fuel Consumption

OPERATION

POWER PLANT
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.7

POWER PLANT

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Installation requirements

Power transmission in a single engine


configuration

The main functional requirements of the installation are:

The mechanical power supplied by the engine, is used to drive


the helicopter rotors through a mechanical transmission.
This power drives:
- The main rotor (approx. 82%)

- Constant rotor rotation speed NR in all operating


conditions
- Max. torque limit TRQ (usually imposed by the aircraft
transmission)
- Complete engine protection (N1 and N2 speeds, TET,
acceleration control N1/t).

- The tail rotor (approx. 10%)


- The main gearbox (approx. 8%).

Adaptation to requirements

In a single engine configuration, the engine is installed at the


rear of the main gearbox.

To obtain a constant power turbine (N2) rotation speed, the


power supplied by the engine is automatically adapted to the
demand. This adaptation is carried out the control system which
meters the fuel flow injected into the combustion chamber so as
to deliver the required power (variation of the gas generator N1
rotation speed) while keeping the engine within its operational
limits.

The power turbine of the engine is mechanically connected to


the main gearbox which drives the main rotor.
A drive from the rear of the engine drives the tail rotor drive
shaft.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.8

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE


HELICOPTER

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ENGINE
100%

MAIN GEARBOX 8%
POWER TRANSMISSION
IN SINGLE ENGINE CONFIGURATION
N2

TAIL ROTOR
10%

W - Power

NR
N1, N2, TET, N1/t
N2
ENGINE

N2
time

Max. torque TRQ

t
ADAPTATION TO REQUIREMENTS

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE HELICOPTER


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.9

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAIN ROTOR
82%

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
The engine ratings correspond to given conditions of helicopter
operation. The ratings are generally defined under determined
speed and atmosphere conditions (altitude and temperature).
The following ratings are considered:

Note: 2D: The engine's TBO potential is not penalized.


However, when the max. damage is reached, a deep
maintenance (3rd level) procedure must be performed
on module M03 to replace the gas generator turbine
blades.

- Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP): max. rating which can be


used during take-off. This rating has a limited duration (5min.
continuous)
- Max. Continuous Power: rating which can be used without time
limitation (this does not imply that it is used permanently)
- 2D: Max. Take-Off Power 30 min. (MTOP 30 min.):
As soon as T4.5 > 600K (330C) and N1 > 40%, the
creep-damage counter is incremented continuously in
proportion to the T4.5 and the N1. This incrementing is
not linked to an engine rating or a time value.
The counter value is indicated in the VEMD "FLIGHT
REPORT" screen when the engine stopped.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.10

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE RATINGS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

N1

MAX.

MTOP
(30 min.)

MTOP
(5 min.)

598 kW

MTOP
(5 min.)

598 kW

Max.
Continuous
Power

Max.
Continuous
Power

(continuous)

557 kW

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

(continuous)

A.E.O.
RATINGS

A.E.O.
RATINGS

2B-2B1 VERSIONS

2D VERSION

Note: 2D: Use of MTOP 30 min.: the engine's TBO potential is not penalized. However, when the max.
damage is reached, a deep maintenance (3rd level) procedure must be performed on module M03
to replace the gas generator turbine blades.

ENGINE RATINGS

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.11

POWER PLANT

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
The engine is designed to operate within a given climatic
envelope.
The envelope is defined by:

Note: The engine operates within various limits: rotation


speeds, temperatures, pressures

Refer to corresponding chapters and official


publications.

- The atmospheric temperature T0


- The pressure altitude Zp
- And lines of standard atmosphere.

Flight envelope
The flight envelope is illustrated by the T0/Zp graph and the
lines of standard atmosphere, with the max. tropical zone and
the min. arctic zone.

Starting and relight envelope


The starting and relight envelope is defined in the same way,
but it can be affected by the specifications of oil and fuel used,
and sometimes by special procedures.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.12

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Starting and relight


envelope limit

7012 m
(23000 ft)

PRESSURE
ALTITUDE Zp
ISA +35

7012 m
(23000 ft)

ISA +40

PICA

. TRO

MAX

ERE

SPH

-50C
(-58F)

TMO

. ARCTIC

PICA

0
-610 m
(-2000 ft)

RD A

NDA

STA

MIN

. TRO

MAX

ERE

SPH

TMO

. ARCTIC

RD A

NDA

STA

6100 m
(20000 ft)

Depends on oil and fuel specifications.


Can also depend on special procedures

+50C
(+122F)

TEMPERATURE
0
T0
-610 m
(-2000 ft)

TEMPERATURE
T0
-50C -40C
(-58F) (-40F)

2B-2B1: FLIGHT, STARTING


AND RELIGHT ENVELOPE

+55C
(+131F)

2D: FLIGHT, STARTING


AND RELIGHT ENVELOPE
Note: Below -40C (-40F), a specific heating procedure
must be applied to the Engine Electronic Control Unit.

ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.13

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESSURE
ALTITUDE Zp

MIN

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

- Squirrel EC 130 B4 (ARRIEL 2B1 / ARRIEL 2D)


but other applications can be expected.

The engine is designed to meet the aircraft propulsion


requirements and particularly for the new generation of
helicopters.
The engine design is based on:
- An optimised thermodynamic cycle which gives high
performance
- Simple and reliable components giving a good supportability,
and a good maintainability to reduce the costs.

Stages of development

Maintenance concept
The main aspects of the maintenance concept are:
- Full modularity
- Good accessibility
- Reduced removal and installation times
- "On-condition" monitoring
- High initial TBO

- Launch ARRIEL 2: 1992


- First flight:
2B-2B1: 1994
2D: 2009
- Introduction into service:
December 1997 - ARRIEL 2B
March 2001 - ARRIEL 2B1.

- Low cost of ownership:


Low production costs
Durability (defined and proven TBO and life limits)
High reliability
Low fuel consumption.

Applications

ARRIEL - According to TURBOMECA tradition: name of a


Pyrenean lake for the turboshaft engines.

Engine designation

The ARRIEL 2B, 2B1 and 2D currently power the single-engine


helicopters:
- Squirrel AS 350 B3 (ARRIEL 2B)
- Squirrel AS 350 B3+ (ARRIEL 2B1)
- Squirrel AS 350 B3e (ARRIEL 2D)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- 2: Type
- B: Variant
- 1: Version.

Edition: February 2012

2.14

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Principles of design

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT

Optimised
thermodynamic cycle

- Full modularity
- Good accessibility
- Reduced removal and installation times
- "On-condition" monitoring
- High initial TBO
- Low cost of ownership:
Low production costs
Durability (defined and proven TBO
and life limits)
High reliability
Low fuel consumption.

Simple and reliable


components

Supportability
Maintainability

High
performance

Cost
reduction

PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN

1994
First flight
(2B)

2001
Introduction
into service (2B1)

1997
Introduction
into service (2B)

ARRIEL lake
SQUIRREL AS 350 B3
ARRIEL 2B (x 1)
SQUIRREL AS 350 B3+
ARRIEL 2B1 (x 1)
SQUIRREL AS 350 B3e
ARRIEL 2D (x 1)

2009
First flight
(2D)

1992
Launch
STAGES F DEVELOPMENT

SQUIRREL EC 130 B4
ARRIEL 2B1 (x 1)
ARRIEL 2D (x 1)

ARRIEL 2B1
Name of a Pyrenean lake
for the turboshaft engines
2: Type
B: Variant
1: Version

ENGINE DESIGNATION

APPLICATIONS

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Example:
ARRIEL:

Edition: February 2012

2.15

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Engine design

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2nd line maintenance: engine maintenance in workshop.

Introduction

- Corrective maintenance: SRU and module removal and


installation.

The engine is designed to have a high availability rate with


reduced maintenance.
The main aspects of the maintenance concept are the
following:
- Effective modularity
- Good accessibility
- Reduced removal and installation times
- On-condition facility
- Quick repair.

Maintenance levels
Four maintenance levels can be considered:
1st line maintenance:
- Scheduled and preventive maintenance
Checks and inspections
Life limit or completed TBO removal
- Corrective maintenance
Fault detection
Component replacement (LRU)
Check.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

3rd line maintenance: deep maintenance which involves


module repairs.
- Corrective maintenance: component replacement.
4th line maintenance: overhaul and repair in specific workshop.
- Maintenance scheduled when the TBO is completed or when
the life limit of a component is reached
- Corrective maintenance.

Other aspects of maintenance


Refer to the following pages.
Note 1: LRU - Line Replaceable Unit

SRU - Shop Replaceable Unit.
Note 2: The maintenance steps are determined by the operator
taking into account the difficulties, the personnel and
logistic considerations.

As far as the engine manufacturer is concerned, the
current maintenance procedures (1st, 2nd line) are
defined and described in the maintenance manual.
Deep maintenance (3rd line) and overhaul (4th line)
are described in other documents and are subject to
particular license agreements.

Edition: February 2012

2.16

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE LEVELS

1st LINE MAINTENANCE


- Scheduled or preventive
maintenance
- Corrective maintenance
(LRU)

2nd LINE MAINTENANCE


- Corrective maintenance
(modules, SRU)

Maintenance Manual
(Operator or Service Centre
or Maintenance Centre)

4th LINE MAINTENANCE


3rd LINE MAINTENANCE
(engine removed)
(engine removed in specific workshop)
- Scheduled maintenance
- Deep maintenance
(overhaul, repair)
- Corrective maintenance
Maintenance Technical
Instruction
(Operator or Maintenance Centre)

Overhaul Manual
(Repair Centre)

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.17

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
Counting of hours and cycles
A cycle is a clearly defined operating sequence.

TBOs
TBOs (Times Between Overhauls) are defined for the engine,
the modules and some accessories. These TBOs, determined
by tests and experience, are subject to an extension programme.
The TBO is expressed in flight hours.

Life limits
Certain components (mainly rotating parts such as compressor,
turbines, injection wheel) have a life limit which requires the
part to be scrapped when the limit is reached.
The life limit is expressed in operating cycles (C1 or C2
cycles).

Calendar limits
The calendar limit is the time (expressed in years) after which the
complete engine, module or part subjected to calendar limit has
to be returned to the factory or an approved repair center.
The count starts at the engine first installation in the aircraft
(since new, overhaul or repair).

Cycles and hours are counted either manually or automatically.


The methods for counting hours and cycles and the various
limits are described in Chapter5 of the Maintenance Manual.
A counting check (comparison between automatic counting
and manual counting) is a procedure planned in the periodic
maintenance.
A simple check can be carried out by comparing the two engine
readings for a given period of operation.
2D: A creep-damage counter monitors the damage to the
gas generator turbine blades (expressed as a damage
percentage). This counter is subject to an evolution program.

On-condition
Some components have no TBO, no life limit and no calendar
limit. They are generally considered to be "on-condition"
components.

Use-limited parts
These parts have a maximum usage defined in hours; this
includes parts such as bearings, casings and shafts. Their limits
are greater than the normal TBO of the engine, thus permitting
them to be used over two or more TBOs, which reduces engine
overhaul costs for the customer.
These parts and their corresponding limits are listed in the
engine log book.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.18

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LIFE LIMITATIONS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

COUNTING OF HOURS
AND CYCLES

"ON-CONDITION"

- Engine
- Modules
- Accessories

- Manual counting
- Automatic counting
- Counting check

Some components have no TBO,


no life limit and no calendar limit.
They are generally considered to
be "on-condition" components.

USE-LIMITED PARTS

LIFE LIMITS

Maximum usage:
- Defined in hours
- Greater than the normal TBO
Usable for two or more TBOs,
which reduce engine overhaul
costs

Cycles for:
- Compressors
- Turbines
- Injection wheel

2D
CALENDAR LIMITS
Time limits:
- Engine
- Modules
- Part
(since new, overhaul or repair)

2D: EDR
(storage of
counter data)

Display in
the cockpit
EECU
AUTOMATIC COUNTING

LIFE LIMITATIONS

MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.19

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TBOs

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance
actions aimed at the prevention of failures.
It includes two inspection types.

Examples of considered means


- Borescopic inspection: this permits inspection of internal
parts which are not accessible without disassembly
- Lubrication oil check: various methods are used to check
for the contamination of the oil (magnetic plugs, strainers
sampling). Samples of oil are taken at regular intervals and
the samples are analysed to measure the contamination
and anticipate incipient failures (analysis by magnetoscopy,
ferrography, spectrometric oil analysis)

Servicing inspections
- Inspection before the first flight of the day
- Inspection between two flights
- Inspection after 15 flight hours or 7 days.

- Vibration level check: the vibration level of the rotating


assemblies gives an indication of the engine condition

Periodic inspections

- Power check: it is ensured by the pilot (refer to "Flight


Manual")

- These procedures can be "blocked" (at fixed intervals for all


the procedures) or staggered (each procedure is distributed
over a period of time to reduce the turnaround time while still
respecting the intervals)

- Visual inspection: conventional visual inspections are also


considered for on-condition monitoring.

- Visits are scheduled as a function of flight hours (e.g.: every


500 hours) or calendar (e.g.: 2 years)

The objective is to put the engine back into normal service


as soon as possible. Corrective maintenance includes
all procedures which must be carried out when required
(failures, anomalies, etc ).

- Special inspections:
Particular inspections
Inspections according to airworthiness.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Edition: February 2012

2.20

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Servicing inspections / Periodic inspections


EXAMPLE OF MAIN INSPECTION POINTS
-

Visual checks
Inspection of filters
Inspection of magnetic plugs
Oil sampling (for analysis)
Oil level (and replenishment if required)
Compressor cleaning (depending on
operating conditions)
- Ground run test
- EECU data operation
- ...

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

LUBRICATION OIL CHECK

VIBRATION LEVEL
CHECK

To put the engine back into normal service


as soon as possible

BORESCOPIC INSPECTION

VISUAL INSPECTION

EXAMPLE OF MAIN TASKS


-

Troubleshooting
Run-down check
Functional and condition checks
Removal and installation
Adjustments
Miscellaneous procedures (cleaning, storage ...)
Repair (or replacement)
Particular instructions

FLI

GH

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 05

TM

AN

UA

POWER CHECK

PREVENTIVE AND CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.21

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- A list of failures observed during maintenance

This part deals with the 1st and 2nd lines engine technical
documentation.

- A list of failure codes and their interpretation

Maintenance documents

Identification documents

The maintenance documents are:


- The current maintenance documents (1st and 2nd lines):
Maintenance Manual (describes the engine and its
systems and all the maintenance procedures)
Service Bulletins (approved by the authorities, and issued
to inform the operators of a modification or an instruction
which affects the operational aspects)
Service Letters (letter sent to inform the operator of certain
instructions related to the operation of the engine)
Modification Index
Standard practices: practices which are not specific to a
product. When applied to a given engine, they are however
described in chapter 70 of the Maintenance Manual

- A list of troubleshooting tasks.


The identification documents are:
- The routine-maintenance documents:
Spare Parts Catalogue (list and reference of all the spare
parts)
Special Tools Catalogue (tool designations and part
numbers).

Operation documents
The operation documents are:
- Engine log book (records and provides information on the
engine status)

Main practices: thread inserts, LOCTITE products, tightening


torques, locking of assemblies, electrical connectors, ...

- Flight Manual (the Flight Manual is the pilot's basic reference


document and specifies the limitations, the normal and
emergency procedures, and the performance data. It is
approved by the Airworthiness Authorities).

Troubleshooting

Electronic documentation

It forms the last volume of Maintenance Manual. Chapter


71-00-06 of the Maintenance Manual, which is dedicated to
troubleshooting includes:
- A list of failures observed during use

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Maintenance Technical Publications: these are electronic


versions of the maintenance documentation
- TOOLS: It is a service providing real issue of technical
publication as service bulletins, service letters, maintenance
manual updating... Each new document edition will be notified
and provided by email in real time to subscriber.

Edition: February 2012

2.22

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL

ARRIEL

ARRIEL

IDENTIFICATION

ARRIEL

ARRIEL

ARRIEL

ARRIEL

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

2B or 2B1
or 2D

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
vol. 1

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
vol. 2

SERVICE
BULLETINS

SERVICE
LETTERS

MODIFICATION
INDEX

SPARE
PARTS
CATALOGUE

TOOLS
CATALOGUE

OPERATION

COMPOSITION OF THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL


CHAP

ARRIEL

2B or 2B1
or 2D
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
vol. 3

00
05

CHAP. 71-00-06
TROUBLESHOOTING

26
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80

Failures observed
during use
Failures observed
during maintenance
Failure
codes
Troubleshooting
tasks

DESIGNATION
Introduction
Time limits /
Maintenance checks
Fire protection
Standard practices
Power plant
Engine
Fuel system
Ignition
Air
Engine indicating
Exhaust system
Lubrication
Starting

ENGINE
LOG BOOK

(compiled according to recommendations of the


American standard "ATA 100")

FLI

GH

TM

AN

UA

ELECTRONIC

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL
PUBLICATION

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.23

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
Three types of advisory notice are used in the technical
publications:
- WARNING

Examples
WARNING: do not breathe the oil vapors. Do not leave oil in
contact with the skin.
CAUTION: if the flush is being carried out because of metal
particles in the oil system, change the filter and thoroughly
clean the tank.

- CAUTION
- NOTE.

NOTE: take the oil sample before carrying out any


replenishment.

Interpretation
WARNING: warns the reader of the possibility of physical harm
(e.g. wounding, intoxication, electrocution).
CAUTION: warns the reader of the possibility of damaging the
engine or tooling.
NOTE: gives the reader advice on how best to carry out a
task.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.24

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

WARNING
(physical harm)

CAUTION
(possibility of damage)

NOTE
(advice)

Examples:

Examples:

Examples:

Toxicity of engine oil and vapours


Toxicity of cleaning products
Toxicity of extinguishing products
Eye protection
Fire risk
Electrical discharge from ignition units:
- electrocution
- risks with use in an inflammable
atmosphere
-

Titanium part cleaning


Scrapping of O'ring seals
Use of the correct cleaning products
Engine cooling
Engine cleaning after use of
extinguishing product
Orifice protection during removal
Borescope fragility
Tightening torque

Oil analysis
Cycle counting
Installation of O'ring seals
Engine storage
Insulation measurements
Procedural change with modification

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.25

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
PRESERVATION AND STORAGE

LUBRICANTS / FUELS / MATERIALS

Type of storage

The engine manufacturer recommends the use of synthetic oils


which keep their lubricating properties over a wide temperature
range and have a longer operating life.
The maintenance manual (chapter 71) contains specification
tables and precautions.
We shall remind you here that the mixture of oils of different
types or brands is not recommended. Therefore the system
should be flushed when the oil specification is changed.

Fuels

The maintenance manual (chapter 71) contains tables indicating


the fuel types with the corresponding US, UK, NATO and French
specifications.
Two types of fuel can be considered:
- The "normal fuels" which can be used without restriction in
all the operating envelope
- The alternative fuels (or replacement fuels) which may be
used, but with particular restrictions (additives...) and for a
limited time in order not to affect the engine TBO.

Materials

Various products are used for engine maintenance.


For example graphite grease, molybdenum disulphide for the
installation of parts, cleaning and inhibiting products.
The various products must be used carefully, for instance use
of trichlorethylene on titanium alloy parts is forbidden.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Engine uninstalled
Refer to maintenance manual for preservation and storage
procedures and periodicity.
"Short term" storage
Procedure which protects the engine for a duration of less than
three months.
"Long term" storage
Procedure which protects the engine for a duration of more
than three months. The max. duration of storage varies with
the type of container used (wooden or metal container). With
wooden container, the max. duration of storage also varies with
the type of cover used.

Engine installed in the aircraft


- For a duration of less than 6 months, 2 types of storage
can be considered : "operational" (with 5 min. ground run)
and "not operational" (with dry crank).
- For a duration of more than 6 months, remove the engine
and do the long term storage procedure.

Storage inspection
Once the engine has been put into storage, it must be periodically
checked to ensure that it is in good condition. In the event of
an anomaly, the preservation and storage procedures must
be renewed.

Edition: February 2012

2.26

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Lubricants

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

GENERAL
- Protection against corrosive
agents

- NORMAL LUBRICANTS: medium viscosity


synthetic oils
- ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS: medium and
low viscosity oils
- No mixture of oils of different brands
- Flushing of the system when the oil
specification is changed

TYPE OF STORAGE
ENGINE UNINSTALLED
- "Short term" storage: duration less than
3 months
- "Long term" storage: duration more than
3 months (wooden or metal container)

FUELS
(Maintenance manual, chapter 71)
- NORMAL FUELS (without restriction)
- ALTERNATIVE FUELS (with particular
restrictions: operating times, additives...)

ENGINE INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT


- Duration less than 6 months
- Duration more than 6 months

MATERIALS
- PART INSTALLATION: graphite grease,
molybdenum disulphide...
- CLEANING: water, fuel, alcohol, detergent...
- STORAGE: water-repellent product...

Refer to
maintenance manual for
preservation and storage
procedures and
periodicity

STORAGE INSPECTION
- To be carried out periodically
- Renewal of preservation and storage
if necessary

LUBRICANTS / FUELS / MATERIALS - PRESERVATION AND STORAGE

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.27

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LUBRICANTS
(Maintenance manual, chapter 71)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) requires that
states establish a safety programme to achieve an acceptable
level of safety in aviation operations. Therefore states shall
require that individual operators, maintenance organisations,
ATS providers and certified aerodrome operators implement a
Safety Management System (SMS) accepted by the state.
ICAO provides a Safety Management Manual (SMM) which
explains in detail the implementation of an SMS in 19
chapters.

Environment - The situation in which the SHELL system must


function, the social and economic climate as
well as the natural environment
Liveware - The human beings' engineers, technicians, aircrew,
managers and administration personnel
The edges of the blocks are not simple and straight because each
component has to be adapted to the others. When considering
HF, all the interfaces have to be taken into account:
- Liveware - Software

HUMAN FACTORS

- Liveware - Hardware

The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) requires that


aviation maintenance personnel receive training on Human
Factors (HF).

- Liveware - Environment

They must have an initial HF training followed by regular


refresher training.

The EASA part 145 recommends 1 to 3 days initial training on


HF depending on the persons concerned and further training
every 2 years.

Below is a precise of the ICAO SHELL model which is a


conceptual model proposed in ICAO circular 216-AN31. It
represents the different components of human factors and is
only intended as a basic aid to understanding HF:

- Liveware - Liveware

Software - The rules, procedures, written documents, etc.,


which are part of standard procedures
Hardware - Tools, equipment, workshop, hangar

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.28

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Chapter 01

Overview

Chapter 02

Responsibility for managing safety

Chapter 03

State Safety programme

Chapter 04

Understanding Safety

Chapter 05

Basics of safety management

Chapter 06

Risk management

Chapter 07

Hazard and Incident reporting

Chapter 08

Safety Investigations

Chapter 09

Safety analysis and Safety studies

Chapter 10

Safety performance monitoring

Chapter 11

Emergency response planning

Chapter 12

Establishing a safety management system

Chapter 13

Safety assessments

Chapter 14

Safety auditing

Chapter 15

Practical considerations for operating a safety


management system

Chapter 16

Aircraft Operations

Chapter 17

Air Traffic Services (ATS)

Chapter 18

Aerodrome Operations

Chapter 19

Aircraft maintenance

HARDWARE

SOFTWARE

SAFETY MANAGEMENT

LIVEWARE

ENVIRONMENT

LIVEWARE

HUMAN FACTORS

SAFETY MANAGEMENT - HUMAN FACTORS

MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

2.29

POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CHAPTERS OF SAFETY
MANAGEMENT MANUAL (SMM)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3 - ENGINE
- Engine presentation (72-00-00) ............................................................ 3.2
- Axial compressor (72-00-32) ................................................................ 3.6
- Centrifugal compressor (72-00-43) ...................................................... 3.8
- Combustion chamber (72-00-43) ......................................................... 3.10
- Gas generator turbine (72-00-43) ......................................................... 3.12
- Power turbine (72-00-54) ...................................................................... 3.14
- Exhaust system (72-70-00) ................................................................... 3.16
- Reduction gearbox (72-00-15) .............................................................. 3.18
- Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox (72-00-61) .................... 3.20
- Engine - Operation (72-00-00).............................................................. 3.26
- Engine - 1st line maintenance............................................................. 3.28 - 3.33

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.1

ENGINE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE PRESENTATION
Main components

Function

Main characteristics

- Gas generator
Axial compressor
HP section
- Centrifugal compressor
- Combustion chamber
- Turbine

- Type: Free turbine with forward drive via an external shaft

- Power turbine

- Gas generator:
Speed: 52110 rpm (100% N1)
Direction of rotation: anti-clockwise (ACW)

- Exhaust pipe

The engine transforms the energy contained in the fuel and in


the air into mechanical power on a shaft.

- Power turbine:
Speed:
- 2B-2B1: 39095 rpm (100% N2)
- 2D: 39158 rpm (100% N2)
Direction of rotation: clockwise (CW)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

- Reduction gearbox
- Transmission shaft
- Free wheel
- Accessory gearbox.

- Output shaft:
Speed:
- 2B-2B1: 5990 rpm (100% N2)
- 2D: 6000 rpm (100% N2)
Direction of rotation: clockwise (CW).
Note: Direction of rotation given viewed from the rear.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.2

ENGINE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AXIAL
COMPRESSOR

CENTRIFUGAL
COMPRESSOR

TURBINE
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

POWER
TURBINE

EXHAUST
PIPE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
Type:
Free turbine
with forward drive
via an external shaft
Gas generator:
52110 rpm (100% N1), ACW
Power turbine:
2B-2B1: 39095 rpm (100% N2), CW
2D: 39158 rpm (100% N2), CW
Output shaft:
2B-2B1: 5990 rpm (100% N2), CW
2D: 6000 rpm (100% N2), CW

FREE WHEEL

TRANSMISSION
SHAFT

REDUCTION
GEARBOX

GENERAL

ENGINE PRESENTATION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.3

ENGINE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE PRESENTATION

Modular layout

Note 1: A module is a sub-assembly which can be replaced


on-site (2nd line maintenance) without complex
tooling or adaptation work.

The engine comprises 5 modules:

- Module M01: Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox

Each module has an identification plate. The engine


identification plate is fitted on the left hand side of
the M01 protection tube.

- Module M02: Axial compressor


- Module M03: Gas generator HP section
- Module M04: Power turbine

Note 2: Some accessories are provided with each module.


- Module M05: Reduction gearbox.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

In these training notes, these components are dealt


with in the chapters corresponding to the main
systems.

3.4

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MODULE M02
Axial compressor

MODULE M03
Gas generator
High Pressure section

MODULE M04
Power turbine

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

MODULE M05
Reduction gearbox

MODULE
IDENTIFICATION
PLATES

MODULE M01
Transmission shaft
and accessory gearbox

External identification
plate
Internal identification
plate

ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
PLATE

DESCRIPTION

ENGINE PRESENTATION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.5

ENGINE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AXIAL COMPRESSOR
Functional description

Function
The axial compressor ensures a first stage of compression to
supercharge the centrifugal compressor.

The axial compressor ensures a first stage of compression in


order to supercharge the centrifugal compressor.

Compressor air flow

Position

The ambient air, admitted through the air intake duct and
guided by the inlet cone, flows between the blades of the axial
compressor. The air is discharged rearwards with an increased
axial velocity.

Main characteristics

The air then flows through the vanes of the diffuser. Due to
the divergent passage, the air velocity is transformed into
pressure.

- At the front of the engine (the axial compressor assembly


forms the module M02).

- Type: single stage axial compressor


- Air flow:
2B-2B1: approx. 2,5 kg/sec (5.5 lb/sec.)
2D: approx. 2,71 kg/sec (5.9 lb/sec.)
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW
- Wheel made of titanium, cut from the solid.

Main components

The flow is straightened by the stator vanes before being admitted,


through an annular duct, to the centrifugal compressor.

- Rotating components
Air inlet cone
Axial wheel, shaft, bearing and accessory drive shaft
- Stationary components
Diffuser
Casing.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Note: In order to avoid compressor surge, a valve discharges


overboard a certain amount of air in certain operating
conditions (refer to "AIR SYSTEM" chapter for further
details on the compressor bleed valve).

Edition: February 2012

3.6

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Air flow:
2B-2B1: approx. 2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.)
2D: approx. 2.71 kg/s (5.9 lb/sec.)
Rotation speed:
N1; ACW

2B/2B1

Wheel made of titanium, cut from


the solid

AIR INLET
CONE
BEARING
AXIAL WHEEL

CASING

AIR DISCHARGED
THROUGH THE COMPRESSOR
BLEED VALVE

COMPRESSION AND
STRAIGHTENING OF THE AIR

ACCESSORY
DRIVE SHAFT

DIFFUSER

SHAFT

ADMISSION
OF AMBIENT AIR

2D

ACCELERATION
OF THE AIR

SUPERCHARGING OF THE
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR

PRESENTATION

AXIAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.7

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Single stage axial compressor

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
- Stationary components
Diffusers
Casings.

Function
The compressor supplies the compressed air required for
combustion.

Functional description

Supercharged by the axial compressor, it ensures the second


stage of compression.

The centrifugal compressor ensures the main stage of


compression.

Position
- At the front of the module M03.

2D: To enhance performances and engine Time Between


Overhaul: new centrifugal compressor front cover equipped
with abradable deposit.

Main characteristics

Compressor air flow

- Type: centrifugal

The air supplied by the axial compressor flows between the


blades of the centrifugal compressor. The air pressure increases
due to the divergent passage between the blades and the air
velocity increases due to the centrifugal flow.

- Air flow:
2B-2B1: approx. 2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.)
2D: approx. 2.71 kg/s (5.9 lb/sec.)
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW
- Wheel made of titanium, cut from the solid.

Main components
- Rotating components
Centrifugal wheel
Shaft
Bearing

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The air leaves the tips of the blades at very high velocity and
then flows through the 1st stage diffuser vanes where the
velocity is transformed into pressure.
The air then passes through an elbow and the flow becomes
axial. In the 2nd stage diffuser, the velocity is again transformed
into pressure. The air is then admitted into the combustion
chamber.

Edition: February 2012

3.8

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Air flow:
2B-2B1: approx. 2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.)
2D: approx. 2.71 kg/s (5.9 lb/sec.)

CASINGS

Rotation speed:
N1; ACW

DIFFUSERS

Wheel made of titanium,


cut from the solid

BEARING

COMPRESSION OF THE AIR


IN THE DIFFUSERS

ACCELERATION AND
COMPRESSION OF THE AIR

SUPERCHARGING BY
THE AXIAL COMPRESSOR

AIR ADMITTED INTO


THE COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
SHAFT

PRESENTATION

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.9

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Centrifugal

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
- Primary air: one part flows through the orifices of the front
swirl plate.

Function
The combustion chamber forms an enclosure in which the air/
fuel mixture is burnt.

The primary air is mixed with the fuel sprayed by the injection
wheel. The combustion occurs between the two swirl plates.
The flame temperature reaches approximately 2500C
(4532F).

Position

- Central section of the gas generator.

Main characteristics

- Secondary air: the secondary air (or dilution air) flows through
the orifices of the mixer unit. It is calibrated to obtain flame
stability, cooling of the gas, and distribution of temperature
on the turbine.

- Type: annular with centrifugal fuel injection


- Made of special alloy.

Main components
-
-
-
-
-

- Gas: the gas produced by the combustion is directed into


the turbine nozzle guide vane.

Outer part (front swirl plate and mixer unit)


Inner part (rear swirl plate and shroud)
Fuel injection system
Turbine casing
Combustion chamber drain valve.

- Drain: a combustion chamber drain valve, fitted on a flange


on the bottom of the turbine casing drains overboard any
residual fuel.

Operating parameters

Functional description
Combustion chamber flow
In the combustion chamber, the compressed air is divided into
two flows: a primary air flow mixed with the fuel for combustion
and a secondary air flow (or dilution air flow) for cooling of the
gas.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

A second part flows through the hollow vanes of the turbine


nozzle guide vane (cooling of the vanes) and through the
orifices of the rear swirl plate.

The fuel/air ratio for combustion (primary air) is approximately1/15;


the total fuel/air ratio is approximately 1/45.
The pressure drop in the combustion chamber is approx. 4%.

Edition: February 2012

3.10

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Annular with centrifugal
fuel injection
Made of special alloy
OUTER PART
Front swirl
plate

Mixer unit

INNER PART
Rear swirl
plate

Shroud
COMPRESSED
AIR

Primary air (combustion)


Secondary air (dilution)
Gas
GAS FLOW TO THE
TURBINE

FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM

Combustion chamber
drain valve

TURBINE
CASING

FUEL
INJECTION

COMBUSTION
(2500C / 4532F)

PRESENTATION

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.11

ENGINE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR TURBINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function
The turbine extracts sufficient energy from the gas flow to drive
the compressors and the accessories.

Position
- At the rear of the gas generator.

Main characteristics
- Type: axial, single stage
- Turbine inlet temperature:
2B-2B1: 1100C (2012F)
2D: 1125C (2057F)
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW

Functional description
The gas generator turbine transforms the gas energy into
mechanical power to drive the compressors and various
accessories.
2D: To enhance performance and Time Between Overhaul:
new blade material to resist to higher temperature and
turbine ring material change.

Turbine gas flow


The gas first flows through the nozzle guide vanes. The gas
velocity increases due to the convergent passage.

- Made of special alloy.

The flow on the blades results in aerodynamic forces whose


resultant causes the rotation of the wheel.

Main components

The gas, still containing energy, is directed to the power


turbine.

- Rotating components
Wheel
Shafts
Bearing

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.12

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Stationary components
Nozzle guide vane
Containment shield
Casing.

PRESENTATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Rotation

Turbine inlet temperature:


2B-2B1: 1100C (2012F)
2D: 1125C (2057F)
NOZZLE
GUIDE VANE

CONTAINMENT
SHIELD

Rotation speed:
N1; ACW
Made of special alloy
NOZZLE GUIDE VANE
(convergent passage)

Nozzle
guide vane

Turbine
wheel

GAS FROM
THE COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
WHEEL
COMPRESSOR
DRIVE

GAS TO THE
POWER TURBINE

BEARING

SHAFT

ROTATION OF THE
TURBINE WHEEL

CASING

PRESENTATION

GAS GENERATOR TURBINE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.13

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Axial, single stage

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE
Functional description

Function
The turbine extracts the energy from the gas to drive the power
shaft through the reduction gearbox.

Position
- Between the gas generator and the reduction gearbox.
It forms the module M04.

Main characteristics
- Type: axial, single stage
- Rotation speed: N2; CW
- Made of special alloy.

Main components
- Rotating components
Wheel
Shaft
Bearings

The power turbine transforms the gas energy into mechanical


power to drive the reduction gearbox.
The operation is characterised by the second phase of
expansion.
2D: The turbine shroud is fitted with abradable deposit to
reduce power turbine contacts. Blades on turbine wheels
and nozzle guide vanes have a new design.

Turbine flow
The gas supplied by the gas generator flows first through the
nozzle guide vane. In the power turbine nozzle guide vane, the
gas velocity increases due to the convergent passage.
The gas are directed onto the turbine wheel and the resultant
of the aerodynamic forces on the blades causes the wheel
to rotate. The gas are then expelled overboard through the
exhaust pipe.

- Stationary components
Nozzle guide vane
Containment shield
2B-2B1: Casing
2D: Turbine shroud.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.14

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
WHEEL

BEARINGS

Type:
Axial, single stage
Rotation speed:
N2; CW

2B/2B1

Made of special alloy


NOZZLE
GUIDE VANE
SHAFT

CASING
Turbine
shroud

Containment
shield

2D

GAS FROM
THE GAS
GENERATOR
TURBINE

Rotation

Nozzle
guide vane

Turbine
wheel

GAS
EXHAUST

BEARING
SUPPORT

ROTATION OF
THE POWER
TURBINE

REDUCTION
GEARBOX
DRIVE

PRESENTATION

POWER TURBINE
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.15

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NOZZLE
GUIDE VANE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EXHAUST SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Functional description

The exhaust system continues the expansion phase and expels


the gas overboard.

The exhaust pipe, which has an elliptical outlet, is made from


stainless steel. It is bolted to the rear flange of the power turbine
casing with the containment shield.

Position

2D: The exhaust pipe is shorter to balance the longer power


turbine containment shield.

- Behind the power turbine, around the reduction gearbox.

Main characteristics

A heat shield is fitted between the exhaust pipe and the reduction
gearbox to protect the gearbox from the exhaust heat.
The exhaust pipe has two drains at the bottom.

- Type: elliptical

2D: A drilled hole allows the air vent pipe passage.

- Non-modular part

Functionally it should be noted that the exhaust gas still contains


a certain amount of energy which produces a small residual
thrust.

- Gas temperature:
2B-2B1: 670C (1238F)
2D: 660C (1220F)
- Made of stainless steel.

Main components
- Exhaust pipe
- Heat shield.
Note: The exhaust pipe is considered to be an SRU (Shop
Replaceable Unit).
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.16

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
EXHAUST
PIPE

Type:
Elliptical

Reduction
gearbox

Non-modular part
Gas temperature:
2B-2B1: 670C (1238F)
2D: 660C (1220F)

HEAT
SHIELD

Made of stainless steel


2B/2B1

EXHAUST
GAS
HEAT
SHIELD
2D: Air vent
pipe passage

DRAIN

Pipe
passage
EXHAUST
PIPE

2D

GAS FROM THE


POWER TURBINE

EXHAUST SYSTEM
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.17

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

EXHAUST
PIPE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REDUCTION GEARBOX
Main components

Function

- Drive gear

The reduction gearbox provides a reduced speed output and


transmits the drive forwards.

- Intermediate gear

Position

- A balance piston is fitted in front of the intermediate gear

- At the rear of the engine

- Fork shaped plate

- It forms the module M05.

- Casings.

Main characteristics

Functional description

- Type: 3 stage, helical gears

The reduction gearbox provides a forward output drive at a


reduced speed.

- Drive gear speed: N2


- Output gear speed:
2B-2B1: 5990 rpm
2D: 6000 rpm
- Gears made of steel.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Output gear

The drive gear is directly driven by the power turbine shaft (muff
coupling drive). It transmits the movement to the intermediate
gear.
The intermediate gear drives the output gear which provides
the front power drive.

Edition: February 2012

3.18

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

DRIVE
GEAR
(N2)

MUFF
COUPLING

DRIVE
GEAR

N2

BALANCE
PISTON

INTERMEDIATE
GEAR

INTERMEDIATE
GEAR

Type:
3 stage, helical gears
Drive gear speed:
N2

OUTPUT
GEAR

MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

Output gear speed:


2B-2B1: 5990 rpm
2D: 6000 rpm

OUTPUT
GEAR

Gears made of steel


CASINGS

GENERAL

REDUCTION GEARBOX
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.19

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FORK SHAPED
PLATE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX

Position

Note 1: The alternator drive gear also includes a phonic wheel


for detection of the gas generator rotation speed.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Function
The shaft transmits the engine power at the front to the Helicopter
Main Gearbox and at the rear to the tail rotor gearbox.
The accessory gearbox provides the drive for the engine
accessories.

- Shaft beneath the engine


- Accessory gearbox at the front of the engine
- This assembly forms the module M01.

Main characteristics
- Type of gears: bevel and spur gears.

Main components

- Transmission shaft
- Power shaft
- 2B-2B1: Free wheel unit (1 bearing)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Note 2: The transmission shaft also includes a torquemeter.


Note 3: The free wheel unit and shaft assembly is supplied
by the aircraft manufacturer.

Driven accessories

- Starter-generator
- Oil pump unit
- LP and HP fuel pumps
- Alternator / Phonic wheel.

Edition: February 2012

3.20

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

A free wheel is mounted between the transmission shaft and


the power shaft. The lubrication of the bearing is ensured by
the engine oil system.

- 2D: Free wheel unit (2 bearings: a ball bearing has been


added and the inner and outer diameters of the ball
bearings have been increased to improve the free wheels
behaviour).

The free wheel flange is attached by 6 screws
- Power drive
- Accessory gearbox
- Accessory drive shaft
- Engine front mounting flange
- Engine front support casing
- Module M05 mounting flange
- Protection tube.

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ACCESSORY
DRIVE SHAFT

CASINGS

ENGINE FRONT
SUPPORT CASING

TRANSMISSION
SHAFT

BEARING

MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

LUBRICATION
TUBE

FREE WHEEL
UNIT

DRIVE FOR
TAIL ROTOR

2B/2B1
POWER
DRIVE
POWER
SHAFT

FREE WHEEL
CASING

ACCESSORY
DRIVE SHAFT

PROTECTION
TUBE

PHONIC
WHEEL

STARTER-GENERATOR
DRIVE GEAR
(centrifugal breather)
2D
Type of gears:
Bevel and spur gears

OIL AND FUEL


PUMP DRIVE
GEAR

ALTERNATOR
DRIVE GEAR

GENERAL

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.21

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Note 1: Fuel pump drive

SEALING OF DRIVES

Sealing of the various drives is ensured by seals fitted either


in the support casing or in the accessory.

Note 2: Alternator drive

Main power drive


Sealing is ensured by a magnetic carbon seal fitted in the
accessory gearbox front casing.

Seals fitted in the fuel pump casing.

No seal on the drive shaft. The alternator cover is


sealed by an O'ring on the mounting flange.

Note 3: Oil pump drive


No seal on the drive shaft. An O'ring is fitted on the


mounting flange.

Tail rotor drive


Sealing is ensured by a magnetic carbon seal fitted in the
reduction gearbox rear casing.

Starter-generator drive
A magnetic carbon seal is fitted in a support on the gearbox
front casing.

Centrifugal breather gear (rear half of the


starter-generator gear)
Sealed by a magnetic carbon seal mounted in a support on the
rear face of the gearbox.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.22

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Reduction gearbox
rear casing

Seal carrier
plate

Output gear and


tail rotor drive

MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

Seal carrier
plate
Accessory gearbox
rear casing
Seal carrier
plate
STARTER-GENERATOR
DRIVE MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

CENTRIFUGAL
BREATHER MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

TAIL ROTOR DRIVE

STARTER-GENERATOR DRIVE
AND CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER GEAR
Seal carrier
plate

Shaft and
drive flange

Accessory gearbox
front casing

MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL
MAIN POWER
DRIVE

SEALING OF DRIVES

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.23

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Accessory gearbox
front casing

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX
The operation is considered during engine starting and in
normal running.

Operation during engine starting

Note: In the event of autorotation, the free wheel unit


disengages the power shaft.

During starting, the starter motor drives the accessory gearbox


and thus the gas generator rotating assembly.
The compressor supplies air to the combustion chamber and
the starting sequence continues.

Operation in normal running


2B-2B1: at self-sustaining speed or 2D: at the end of the
starting sequence, the electrical supply to the starter motor is
automatically cut. The starter motor is then mechanically driven
by the engine and operates as a generator to provide DC current
to the aircraft electrical system.
The gas generator drives the accessory gear train through
the bevel gear located between the axial compressor and the
centrifugal compressor.
The following accessories are driven:
- Starter-generator
- Fuel pumps
- Oil pumps
- Alternator / phonic wheel.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.24

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OPERATION

The transmission shaft drives the output shaft through the free
wheel unit

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

DRIVE OF THE
GAS GENERATOR
(through the
accessory gearbox)

DRIVE OF THE
ACCESSORIES
(by the gas generator)

FWD

FWD

DC GENERATOR

STARTER
(electric motor)

Transmission
shaft

ACCESSORIES
(fuel pumps,
oil pumps, alternator,
phonic wheel)

Free wheel
unit

ENGINE STARTING

Power
shaft

NORMAL RUNNING
(2B-2B1: N1 SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED)
(2D: AT THE END OF THE STARTING SEQUENCE)

OPERATION

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.25

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - OPERATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Expansion

Compression

During this phase the pressure and temperature of the gas


drop, whilst the velocity increases.

The ambient air is compressed by an axial supercharging


compressor and a centrifugal compressor.

The gas expands in the gas generator turbine which extracts the
energy required to drive the compressors and accessories

This phase is essentially characterised by the air flow (2B2B1: approx. 2.5 kg/s; 5.5 lb/sec.; 2D: approx. 2.71 kg/s;
5.9lb/sec.) the temperature increase and the compression ratio
(2B-2B1: approx. 8.2; 2D: approx. 8.5).

There is a further expansion in the power turbine which extracts


most of the remaining energy to drive the output shaft

Combustion
The compressed air is admitted into the combustion chamber,
mixed with the fuel and burnt in a continuous process.

After the power turbine the gas is discharged overboard via the
exhaust pipe, giving a slight residual thrust.

Power transmission
The power is transmitted forward by a reduction gearbox and
an external shaft.

The air is divided into two flows:


- A primary flow for combustion
- A secondary flow for cooling the gas.
This phase is essentially characterised by the temperature rise
(flame temperature approx. 2500C; 4532F) and a pressure
drop of about 4%.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Note:







Edition: February 2012

The engine reference stations are:


0 - Ambient air
1 - Air intake
2 - Axial compressor inlet
2.4 - Centrifugal compressor inlet
3 - Centrifugal compressor outlet
4 - Turbine inlet
4.5 - Gas generator turbine outlet
5 - Power turbine outlet.

3.26

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The process comprises compression, combustion, expansion


and the transmission of the power.

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Gas

Secondary air

Residual
thrust

AIRFLOW
2B-2B1: 2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/s)
2D: 2.71 kg/s (5.9 lb/s)

Exhaust

52110 rpm
(100%)
Fuel
1

2.4

# 2B-2B1 variants
2D variant

101,3
P kPa (14.7)
(PSI)
TC
(F) 15 (59)

2500
(4532)

# 1100 (2012)
1125 (2057)

# 820 (118.9)
850 (123.2)
# 160 (23.2)
156 (22.6)

4.5

2B-2B1: 39095 rpm (100%)


2D: 39158 rpm (100%)

# 800 (116)
820 (118.9)
# 335 (635)
307 (584.6)

# 850 (1562)
880 (1616)
# 300 (43.5)
306 (44.3)

# 65 (149)
60 (140)

# 670 (15.7)
660 (16)

# 108 (15.7)
111 (16)

Compressors
AIR INLET

Combustion
chamber

COMPRESSION

COMBUSTION

Turbines

Exhaust

Edition: February 2012

Values given
for information at a
given reference rating:
MTOP, ISA conditions

EXPANSION

ENGINE - OPERATION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

POWER TRANSMISSION
(power transmitted forward
by a reduction gearbox
and an external shaft)

3.27

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Primary air

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.28

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


- Check the engine
make sure that the gas generator rotating assembly
rotates freely during cranking (listen for abnormal
noises)
make sure that the power turbine rotates freely by hand
(listen for abnormal noises)
examine the engine for condition

- Combustion chamber
Inspection
Chap. 72
- Gas generator turbine blades
Inspection
Chap. 72
- Pre TU 057 - Sleeve coupling between power
turbine and reduction gearbox
Inspection
Chap. 72
Note: Do not carry out this inspection if SOAP is
performed on the engine every 50 hours
- Exhaust pipe
Inspection
Chap. 72
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS
- Cleaning, rinsing, washing and engine
protection
Frequency
- Axial compressor
Inspection of the blades
Inspection of the erosion
Inspection of the compressor casing

Chap. 71
Chap. 72
Chap. 72
Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.29

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.30

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


REQUIRED
- Check the engine
make sure that the gas generator rotating assembly
rotates freely during cranking (listen for abnormal
noises)
make sure that the power turbine rotates freely by hand
(listen for abnormal noises)

- Combustion chamber
Borescope inspection

Chap. 72

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Axial compressor
Erosion check
Chap. 72
Note: If engine used in sandy atmosphere: task to be
carried out every 300 hours 10 hours
- Exhaust pipe
Inspection

Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.31

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.32

ENGINE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- Seal of the breather cover


Removal / installation

Chap. 72

- Seal of the Dynastart adapter


Removal / installation

Chap. 72

- Seal of the drive shaft with tool


8813734000
Replacement

Chap. 72

- Seal of the drive shaft with tool


TM0357G004
Replacement

Chap. 72

- Seal of the single engine output shaft


Replacement

Chap. 83

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

3.33

ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

4 - OIL SYSTEM
- Oil system presentation (79-00-00) ..................................................... 4.2
- Oil tank - Oil cooler - Oil pressure transmitter ................................... 4.8
- Oil pumps (79-24-00) ............................................................................. 4.10
- Oil filter and heat exchanger (72-61-00) .............................................. 4.12
- 2B-2B1: Oil filter pre-blockage indicator (72-61-00) .......................... 4.18
- 2D: Oil pressure and temperature transmitters.................................. 4.20
- 2B-2B1: Low oil pressure switch (79-31-00) ....................................... 4.22
- Mechanical magnetic plugs (72-15-00) and (72-61-00) ...................... 4.24
- Scavenge strainers (72-61-00) ............................................................. 4.26
- Oil valve assembly (79-25-00) .............................................................. 4.28
- Electrical magnetic plug (79-38-00) ..................................................... 4.30
- Centrifugal breather (79-00-00) ............................................................ 4.32
- Oil system - Operation (79-00-00)........................................................ 4.34
- External oil pipes (79-29-00) ................................................................ 4.36
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance....................................................... 4.38 - 4.43
(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.1

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


Lubrication requirements

Function

Lubrication is required for the following components:

The oil system ensures lubrication and cooling of the engine.

- Gas generator bearings


- Power turbine bearings

Position
All the components are fitted on the engine except the tank
and cooler.

- Reduction gearbox
- Accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics

Sealing

- System type: variable pressure, full flow, dry sump, synthetic


oil

The three gas generator bearings and the power turbine front
bearing are sealed by pressurised labyrinth seals with abradable
coatings.

- Max. oil temperature:


2B-2B1: 115C (239F)
2D: 117C (242F)
- Low oil pressure: 130 kPa (18.85 PSIG)
- 2D: The minimum oil pressure is calculated by the EECU
as a function of N1
- Max. oil pressure: 980 kPa (142.1 PSIG)
- Max. oil consumption: 0.2 l/h.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.2

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

GAS GENERATOR

ENGINE
LUBRICATION

POWER TURBINE
Rear
bearing

Front
bearings

Front
bearing

Rear
bearing

ENGINE
COOLING

System type:
Variable pressure, full flow,
dry sump, synthetic oil
Max. oil temperature:
2B-2B1: 115C (239F)
2D: 117C (242F)
Low oil pressure:
130 kPa (18.85 PSIG)
2D: The minimum oil pressure
is calculated by the EECU
as a function of N1
Max. oil pressure:
980 kPa (142.1 PSIG)

Bearings

Gears

Bearings

ACCESSORY GEARBOX

Gears
REDUCTION GEARBOX

Sealing:
The three gas generator bearings bearings are sealed
Gas generator and power turbine and the power
turbine front bearing are sealed by pressurised
by pressurised labyrinths, which are provided with
labyrinth seals with abradable coatings.
abradable deposits.

Max. oil consumption:


0.2 l/h

GENERAL

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.3

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


The system contains all the components necessary for engine
lubrication.

Oil tank
The oil tank contains the volume of oil required to lubricate the
engine. It is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer.

Oil pumps
The oil pump unit contains one pressure pump and three
scavenge pumps. The gerotor type pumps are driven by the
accessory gearbox. The pressure pump is equipped with a
pressure relief valve.

Scavenge strainers
The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps from
debris in the system.

Magnetic plugs
Mechanical magnetic plugs are fitted upstream of the scavenge
pumps. An electrical magnetic plug is fitted at the scavenge
outlet.

Oil cooler
The air cooled oil cooler cools the oil (aircraft manufacturer's
supply).

Oil valve assembly

Centrifugal breather

The oil valve assembly houses a check valve, an electrical


magnetic plug and the strainer for the gas generator rear
bearing.

The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist
and vents the system.

Oil filter

Indicating devices
- Oil temperature probe (aircraft manufacturer's supply)

The oil filter retains any particles which may be present in the oil.
It is provided with a by-pass valve and a pre-blockage indicator.
It also forms a heat exchanger with the fuel system.

- Low oil pressure switch


- Oil pressure transmitter (aircraft manufacturer's supply)
- Electrical magnetic plug.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.4

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CENTRIFUGAL
BREATHER

ENGINE

Low oil
pressure switch

Oil pressure
transmitter
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRFRAME

Pre-blockage
indicator
Oil temperature
probe

Fuel/oil heat
exchanger
OIL
Pressure
FILTER
relief valve

OIL TANK
OIL COOLER

PRESSURE
PUMP
Check
valve

Electrical
magnetic plug

Indication

Mechanical
magnetic
plug

By-pass
valve

OIL VALVE
ASSEMBLY

SCAVENGE
PUMPS

Mechanical
magnetic
plug

SCAVENGE
STRAINERS
RESTRICTORS

DESCRIPTION (2B-2B1)

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.5

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


The system contains all the components necessary for engine
lubrication.

Oil tank
The oil tank contains the volume of oil required to lubricate the
engine. It is vented by a pipe connected into the exhaust. It is
supplied by the aircraft manufacturer.

Oil pumps
The oil pump unit contains one pressure pump and three
scavenge pumps. The gerotor type pumps are driven by the
accessory gearbox. The pressure pump is equipped with a
pressure relief valve.

Scavenge strainers
The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps from
debris in the system.

Magnetic plugs
Mechanical magnetic plugs are fitted upstream of the scavenge
pumps. An electrical magnetic plug is fitted at the scavenge
outlet.

Oil cooler
The air cooled oil cooler cools the oil (aircraft manufacturer's
supply).

Oil valve assembly

Centrifugal breather

The oil valve assembly houses a check valve, an electrical


magnetic plug and the strainer for the gas generator rear
bearing.

The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist
and vents the system through the exhaust pipe.

Indicating devices

Oil filter
The oil filter retains any particles which may be present in
the oil. It is provided with and a by-pass valve. It also forms a
heat exchanger with the fuel system. The filter pre-blockage is
monitored by the EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Oil pressure transmitter upstream the oil filter


- Oil pressure and temperature transmitter downstream the oil
filter
- Electrical magnetic plug.

Edition: February 2012

4.6

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CENTRIFUGAL
BREATHER

ENGINE
Oil pressure
transmitter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRFRAME

Oil pressure
and temperature
transmitter
OIL
FILTER

Pressure
relief valve

OIL TANK

OIL COOLER

PRESSURE
PUMP
Check
valve

Electrical
magnetic plug

Indication

By-pass
valve

OIL VALVE
ASSEMBLY

Fuel/oil heat
exchanger

Mechanical
magnetic
plug

SCAVENGE
PUMPS

Mechanical
magnetic
plug

SCAVENGE
STRAINERS
RESTRICTORS

DESCRIPTION (2D)

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.7

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL TANK - OIL COOLER - OIL PRESSURE


TRANSMITTER

- Type: air/oil cooler


- Differential and thermostatic by-pass valve.

Function
The tank contains the oil required for engine lubrication.

2B-2B1: Oil pressure transmitter

Position

Function

- In the system: between the oil cooler and the pressure


pump
- On the aircraft: it is installed on the decking beside the
MGB.

Main components
-
-
-
-
-

Filler cap
Level sight glass
Drain plug
Unions (supply, return and vent).
2B-2B1: One temperature probe.

The transmitter provides a signal of oil pressure.

Position
- In the system: in the supply system, downstream of the filter
after the restrictor.
- On the engine: mounted on the filter base.

Main characteristics
- Type: resistive
- Output signal: voltage proportional to the oil pressure
- Cockpit indication.

Oil cooler
Function
The oil cooler cools the oil after it has passed through the
engine.

Note: All these components are aircraft manufacturer's supplies.


Refer to aircraft manufacturer documentation.

Position
- In the system: between the scavenge pumps and the tank
- On the aircraft: it is installed in front of the main gearbox.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.8

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil tank

Main characteristics

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Aircraft manufacturers
supply. For further details,
refer to the aircraft
documentarion.
AIRFRAME
OIL
TANK

2B-2B1:
Temperature
probe

2B-2B1: OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

ENGINE
Filter
unit

Oil
pressure

Electrical
signal to the
cockpit
Pump
unit

OIL
COOLER

OIL TANK - OIL COOLER - OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.9

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL PUMPS
Operation

Function

Pressure relief valve operation

The pumps ensure oil circulation.

If the oil pressure exceeds the valve setting the valve opens
and allows the oil to return to the pump inlet.

Position

In normal operation the valve is closed and only opens


in exceptional circumstances, e.g. starting with very low
temperature.

- In the system: on engine oil system inlet and outlet


- On the engine: the pump unit is mounted by bolts on the rear
face of the accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Type: gerotor
- Quantity: 4
- Pressure relief valve setting: 1500 kPa (217.5 PSI).

Description
The pump unit comprises a body containing four pumps (one
pressure pump with a pressure relief valve and three scavenge
pumps).
The four pumps are driven by means of a common shaft
connected to the accessory drive (N1 drive).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.10

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

PRESSURE
PUMP

Quantity:
4

From
oil tank

Pressure relief
valve setting:
1500 kPa (217.5 PSI)

Pressure relief
valve

To oil
filter

To
oil cooler

DRIVE
SHAFT
N1

From engine

SCAVENGE
PUMPS
Valve
closed

Normal running condition

Valve
open

PUMP
UNIT
Overpressure

PRESENTATION

OIL PUMPS

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.11

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Gerotor

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER


Main components

Function

- Oil filter

The filter retains particles that may be in the oil. The filter housing
forms a fuel/oil heat exchanger.

- Filter cover

Position

- 2B-2B1: Visual pre-blockage indicator

- In the system: downstream of the pressure pump

- 2B-2B1: Low oil pressure switch

- On the engine: on the left rear face of the accessory


gearbox.

- Oil pressure transmitter

- Fuel/oil heat exchanger

- 2D: Oil pressure and temperature transmitter

Main characteristics

- 2D: Oil filter mounting base

- Type: fibreglass cartridge

- Outlet unions.

- Filtering ability: 20 microns


- 2B-2B1: Mechanical pre-blockage indicator setting:
P250kPa (36.2PSID)
- 2D: Pre-blockage monitoring by the EECU

Note: 2D: The oil filter body is the same as the 2B-2B1 versions
but the low pressure switch and pressure transmitter
supports are closed with obturators.

- By-pass valve setting: P 563 kPa (81.6 PSID).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.12

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

From
oil tank

To
lubrication

Pressure
pump

Heat
exchanger

OIL
FILTER

OIL FILTER
AND HEAT
EXCHANGER

Supply union
(compressor bearing
lubrication)

2D: FILTER
COVER

2B-2B1: Oil pressure


transmitter support

Oil filter
body

2B-2B1: Low oil


pressure switch
support

Type:
Fibreglass cartridge

Supply union
(rear bearing
lubrication)

Filtering ability:
20 microns
2B-2B1: Mechanical pre-blockage indicator
setting:
P 250 kPa (36.2 PSID)
2D: Pre-blockage monitoring by the EECU
By-pass valve setting:
P 563 kPa (81.6 PSID)

2B-2B1: VISUAL
PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Fuel inlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)

2D: Oil filter


mounting
base
2D: Oil pressure
transmitter
support

2D: Oil pressure


and temperature
transmitter support

Fuel outlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)

GENERAL

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.13

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2B-2B1: FILTER
COVER

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER

Description

Operation

The main components of the filtering unit are the following:

Normal operation (filtering)

- Filter body
- Filter cover (screwed onto the filter body)

The oil supplied by the pressure pump passes through the


filter from outside to inside. The filtered oil then passes to the
engine for lubrication.

- Fuel/oil heat exchanger fitted with walls which permit fuel


flow around the oil filter casing

The oil is also used to heat the fuel through the heat exchanger
as the fuel flows around the oil filter.

- Fibreglass cartridge (filtering element)

Pre-blockage

- Spring

If the filter begins to become blocked the pressure difference


across the filter increases. At a given pressure difference, a
red mechanical indicator pops out. The oil continues to flow
through the filter.

- By-pass valve (fitted inside the filter body)


- Pre-blockage indicator.

Blockage

The filter base incorporates:


- Mounting points for the following:
Low oil pressure switch
Oil pressure transmitter
Oil outlet unions (compressor bearing lubrication and rear
bearing lubrication)
Fuel inlet and outlet unions.

If the pressure difference exceeds a given value, the by-pass


valve opens and unfiltered oil passes to the system.

O'ring seals ensure the oil filter sealing.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.14

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Fuel inlet - outlet


(fuel/oil heat exchanger)

FILTER
COVER
FILTERING
(20 microns)

FUEL/OIL HEAT
EXCHANGER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

FILTERING
ELEMENT
Fuel inlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)

NORMAL OPERATION

SPRING

PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATION

Fuel outlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)
BY-PASS VALVE
(fitted inside the
filter housing)

FILTER
BODY

PRE-BLOCKAGE

Oil
inlet

Oil
outlet
OPENING OF THE
BY-PASS VALVE

BLOCKAGE

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION (2B-2B1)

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.15

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

Description

Normal operation (filtering)

The main components of the filtering unit are the following:

The oil supplied by the pressure pump passes through the


filter from outside to inside. The filtered oil then passes to the
engine for lubrication.

- Filter body
- Oil filter mounting base

The oil is also used to heat the fuel through the heat exchanger
as the fuel flows around the oil filter.

- Filter cover (screwed onto the filter body)


- Fuel/oil heat exchanger fitted with walls which permit fuel
flow around the oil filter casing
- Fibreglass cartridge (filtering element)
- Spring
- By-pass valve (fitted inside the filter body)
The filter base incorporates mounting points for the following:
- Oil outlet unions (compressor bearing lubrication and rear
bearing lubrication)
- Fuel inlet and outlet unions.
The oil filter mounting base incorporates the oil pressure
transmitter and the oil pressure and temperature transmitter
mounting points.
O'ring seals ensure the oil filter sealing.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Pre-blockage
If the filter begins to become blocked the pressure difference
across the filter increases. The two oil pressure transmitters
provide the EECU with pressure information. If the pressure
difference between the two measurements is higher than a given
value, the EECU detects oil filter pre-blockage. This detection
depends on N1 speed and temperature. The oil continues to
flow through the filter.
Note: The oil filter pre-blockage indication is not given in
flight. It is displayed on the VEMD "FAILURE" page
(maintenance mode) when the engine is shut-down.

Blockage
If the pressure difference between both sides of the filter cartridge
exceeds a given value, the by-pass valve opens and unfiltered
oil passes to the system.

Edition: February 2012

4.16

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL/OIL HEAT
EXCHANGER

EECU

FILTER
COVER
FILTERING
ELEMENT

Filtering
(20 microns)

Fuel inlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)

Pre-blockage
indication upon
engine shut-down
(cockpit/VEMD)

Fuel outlet
(fuel/oil heat
exchanger)

SPRING

OIL FILTER
MOUNTING
BASE

To oil
pressure
transmitter

NORMAL
OPERATION

Pre-blockage
indication upon
engine shut-down
(cockpit/VEMD)

Oil
inlet

Oil
outlet

To oil pressure
and temperature
transmitter

EECU

Operation of the
pressure and
temperature
transmitter
EECU

Operation of the
pressure
transmitter
Onset of filter
clogging

Clogged
filter
Opening of the
by-pass valve
BLOCKAGE

PRE-BLOCKAGE

Note: The oil filter pre-blockage


indication is not given in
flight. It is displayed on the
VEMD "FAILURE" page
(maintenance mode) when
the engine is shut-down

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION (2D)

OIL FILTER AND HEAT EXCHANGER


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.17

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR


(2B-2B1)

Operation
Normal condition

The indicator detects the onset of filter blockage.

- In the system: between inlet and outlet of the oil filter

Filter downstream pressure plus spring pressure is greater


than upstream pressure. The two pistons are held together by
magnetic force. The indicator is not visible.

- On the engine: on the filter housing cover.

Pre-blockage condition

Position

Main characteristics

Filter upstream pressure exceeds downstream plus spring


pressure and the P piston displaces.

- Type: differential
- Setting: P 250 kPa (36.2 PSID).

This breaks the magnetic hold and the indicator piston is pushed
out by its spring. The indicator is visible.

Description
The oil filter pre-blockage indicator comprises the following
parts:
- Indicator body including:
Filter upstream pressure inlet
Filter downstream pressure inlet

The bi-metallic thermal lock ensures that the indicator doesn't


operate when a large P is caused by low temperature (locked
below 50C (122F)).
The indicator is re-armed by pushing in the indicator.

- Red indicator piston


- P piston
- Transparent cover
- Thermal lock
- O'ring seals.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.18

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

< 50C (122F)

> 50C (122F)

Red indicator "out"

Thermal lock operation

Type:
Differential

Filter upstream
pressure

Setting:
P 250 kPa (36.2 PSID)

P
piston

OIL FILTER
PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Filter
cover

Filter upstream
pressure

Filter downstream
pressure

Filter downstream
pressure

NORMAL CONDITION

PRE-BLOCKAGE CONDITION

RED
INDICATOR
PISTON

Oil
filter

TRANSPARENT
COVER

Pressure
pump

Oil
filter

From oil
tank

OIL FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

OIL FILTER
PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

To
lubrication

4.19

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Description

Function

Each oil pressure transmitter includes:

The oil pressure and temperature transmitters provide signals


of oil filter upstream and downstream pressures and an oil
temperature signal to the EECU.

- An electrical connector

- A resistor bridge printed on a flexible support


- A mounting flange bolted onto the oil filter mounting base.
The pressure and temperature transmitter also includes a
platinum wire resistor.

Position
- In the system: upstream and downstream of the oil filter
- On the engine: on the oil filter mounting base.

Operation
The EECU supplies each transmitter with a constant reference
input voltage. Any change of oil pressure causes the deformation
of the support and the resistor bridge outputs to the EECU a
voltage proportional to the oil pressure.

Main characteristics
Pressure transmitter

The EECU also provides the oil temperature transmitter with a


constant current, the transmitter outputs a signal proportional
to the oil temperature.

- Type: resistive
- Output signal:
Electrical voltage proportional to the oil pressure.
Pressure and temperature transmitter

Indication

- Type: resistive and platinum probe

The two pressure and temperature signals are used by the


EECU:

- Output signals:

- To monitor the oil filter and provide pre-blockage indications

Electrical voltage proportional to the oil pressure

- To detect and indicate the low oil pressure in the system

Electrical current proportional to the oil temperature.

- To monitor and indicate the oil temperature at the engine


entry.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.20

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE


TRANSMITTERS (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Cockpit
indication
(oil pressure,
filter situation)

OIL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER

EECU

To
lubrication
system

Low
pressure
Oil
filter

OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER


Type:
Resistive
Output signal:
Electrical voltage proportional
to the oil pressure
OIL PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
Type:
Resistive and platinum probe
Output signals:
- Electrical voltage proportional
to the oil pressure
- Electrical current proportional
to the oil temperature

Oil filter
mounting
base

Oil
pressure

Oil
pressure
Electrical
connector

OIL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

OIL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER

OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Electrical
connector

Edition: February 2012

4.21

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (2B-2B1)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

The low oil pressure switch provides cockpit indication of low


oil pressure.

Normal running

Position

The microswitch is open. The low oil pressure indication on the


instrument panel is off.

Low Pressure

- In the system: downstream of the filter

If the oil pressure becomes lower than the microswitch setting,


the electrical contact closes and supplies the low oil pressure
indication on the instrument panel.

- On the engine: mounted on the filter base.

Main characteristics
- Type: diaphragm
- Setting: 130 kPa (18.9 PSI)
- Cockpit indication.

Description
The pressure switch comprises the following components: a
mounting flange and an electrical connector (connection with
the instrument panel).
The pressure switch is secured by means of screws onto the
filter base.
One O'ring seal ensures the sealing between the pressure
switch and the filter base.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.22

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

LOW OIL PRESSURE


SWITCH

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil
pressure

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

LOW OIL PRESSURE


SWITCH

Type:
Diaphragm
Setting:
130 kPa (18.9 PSI)
Cockpit indication
LOW OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

From filter
(pressure pump)

4.23

OIL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MECHANICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description

The magnetic plugs retain magnetic particles which may be


in the oil.

The magnetic plug includes: a magnet, O'ring seals and locking


pins.

Position

The magnetic plug is installed in a self-sealing housing (valve,


spring).

- In the system:
One on the reduction gearbox scavenge line
One on the accessory gearbox scavenge line
- On the engine:
One at the bottom of the reduction gearbox
One at the bottom of the accessory gearbox.

Operation
The magnetic plug retains magnetic particles which may be
present in the oil scavenge system.

Main characteristics
- Type: single magnetic probe. Self-sealing housing
- Quantity: 2

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.24

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Oil
SELF-SEALING
HOUSING
VALVE

Type:
Single magnetic probe
Self-sealing housing

MECHANICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG
(2B-2B1: POST TU 068 / TU 069;
2D: STANDARD)

Quantity:
2

SPRING

NORMAL POSITION

MECHANICAL
MAGNETIC
PLUG

MECHANICAL
MAGNETIC
PLUGS
To scavenge
pumps

MECHANICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

REMOVED POSITION

MECHANICAL
MAGNETIC
PLUG

4.25

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAGNETS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SCAVENGE STRAINERS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description

The strainers protect the scavenge pumps against large particles


which might be in the oil.

Each strainer includes the following components: a wide mesh


filter and an O'ring seal.

Position

Operation

- In the system:
One strainer is fitted in each scavenge line upstream of
the scavenge pump

A strainer is a wide-mesh filter which retains any large particles


which may be present in the oil in order to protect the scavenge
pumps.

- On the engine:
Two different strainers are located on the accessory
gearbox casing:
- one on the reduction gearbox scavenge line
- one on the accessory gearbox scavenge line
One strainer is located on the oil valve assembly (gas
generator rear bearing scavenge).

Note 1: The electrical magnetic plug, mounted on the oil valve


assembly, is fitted with its own strainer.
Note 2: The reduction gearbox and accessory gearbox
strainers are not interchangeable and must be
fitted in the correct location.

Main characteristics
- Type: wide-mesh filter
- Quantity: 3

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.26

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Oil valve
assembly

Type:
Wide-mesh filter

WIDE-MESH
FILTER

Quantity:
3
GAS GENERATOR
REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE
STRAINER

REDUCTION
GEARBOX
SCAVENGE
STRAINER
To oil
cooler

From
engine

Scavenge
pumps
To scavenge
pumps

ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
SCAVENGE
STRAINER

Note:

SCAVENGE STRAINERS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

The reduction gearbox and accessory


gearbox strainers are not interchangeable
and must be fitted in the correct location.

4.27

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL VALVE ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description

The assembly houses a check valve, an electrical magnetic


plug and the strainer for the gas generator rear bearing.

The oil valve assembly comprises:

The check valve prevents oil flow from the cooler to the engine
when the pressure is very low (engine stopped).
The electrical magnetic plug collects ferrous particles which
may be in the oil.

Position
- On the engine: on the rear face of the accessory gearbox.

- Check valve setting: 15 kPa (2.17 PSI).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- An electrical magnetic plug and strainer


- A scavenge strainer for the gas generator rear bearing.

Check valve operation


Engine running

- In the system: downstream of the scavenge pumps

Main characteristics

- A check valve

The outlet pressure of the scavenge pumps pushes the valve,


compressing the spring thus allowing flow to the cooler.

Engine shut-down
The scavenge pump outlet pressure is very low or zero.
Spring pressure closes the valve and prevents any flow from
the cooler into the engine.

Edition: February 2012

4.28

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

OIL VALVE
ASSEMBLY

ELECTRICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG
AND STRAINER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil outlet union


(to oil cooler)

Check valve
setting:
15 kPa (2.17 PSI)

SCAVENGE STRAINER
(for the gas generator rear bearing)

Valve
open

CHECK
VALVE

Valve
closed

To
oil cooler

OIL VALVE
ASSEMBLY

Indication

Engine running

OIL VALVE ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

Indication

Engine shut-down

4.29

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Mounting
flange

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC PLUG

The electrical magnetic plug provides a cockpit indication of


magnetic particles in the oil system.

Position

The plug is fitted into a housing which is provided with a strainer


and a self-sealing housing. A bayonet type locking pin system
ensures the locking of the electrical magnetic plug.
The housings are bolted onto the oil valve assembly, where the
scavenge oil can flow around the magnetic probe.

Operation

- In the system: downstream of the scavenge pumps

The magnetic probe attracts magnetic particles present in the


oil.

- On the engine: mounted on the oil valve assembly.

If it attracts sufficient particles to form a bridge across the gap,


this will complete the electrical circuit between the two magnetic
parts and thus provide a cockpit indication.

Main characteristics
- Type:
Magnetic with electrical indication
Self-sealing housing with strainer

Note : The oil system also has two mechanical magnetic plugs,
one located on the lower part of the accessory gearbox
and one on the lower part of the reduction gearbox.

- Cockpit indication.

Description
The electrical magnetic plug comprises a magnetic probe which
has two parts which are electrically insulated from one another
and have a small insulation between them.
The plug is connected, via the engine electrical harness, to the
aircraft instrument panel.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.30

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

LOCKING
PINS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Cockpit indication

MOUNTING
FLANGE

INSULATION
ELECTRICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG

STRAINER

SELF-SEALING
HOUSING
MAGNETIC
PROBE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
Oil valve
assembly

To oil cooler

From engine

ELECTRICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG
ELECTRICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG

ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC PLUG


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

Indication

Scavenge
pumps

4.31

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Magnetic with electrical
indication
Self-sealing housing
with strainer

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist
created by the oil system.

The centrifugal breather is driven by the intermediate gear of


the accessory drive.

Position

When the engine is running the air/oil mist passes through the
breather:

- In the system: before the general vent line of the system


- On the engine: it is formed by the starter/generator drive gear
in the accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Type: centrifugal
- Air vent: through the rear part of the gear hollow shaft,
connected to the exhaust.

- Centrifugal force throws the oil droplets out into the gearbox
where they fall to the bottom of the casing
- The de-oiled air passes out through the shaft, via a gearbox
passage, into an external pipe which discharges into the
exhaust.
2D: The general air vent is directly done into the exhaust.

Description
The centrifugal breather is formed by the starter-generator drive
gear. This gear is formed in one piece with a hollow shaft and
has holes which provide a passage between the gearbox and
the air vent.
The gear is supported by two ball bearings and has a magnetic
carbon seal at each end.
The breather air outlet is at the rear end of the shaft, where the
air passes into the gearbox outlet.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.32

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
Air/Oil mist
- from accessory gearbox
- from gas generator bearings
- from power turbine bearings
- from reduction gearbox

Oil droplets
(expelled by
centrifugal force)

STARTER-GENERATOR
DRIVE GEAR

To air
vent

STARTER
DRIVE
De-oiled air
(to air vent)
Magnetic
carbon
seal

Air/Oil
mist

Bearing
Type:
Centrifugal

BREATHER
HOLES

Air vent:
Through the rear part
of the gear hollow shaft,
connected to the exhaust

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

De-oiled
air

Edition: February 2012

Bearing

Magnetic
carbon
seal

Oil
droplets

4.33

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Scavenge

Supply

After lubrication, the oil falls by gravity to the bottom of the


sumps. The oil is then immediately drawn away by the scavenge
pumps and returned to the tank through a check valve and the
oil cooler (dry sump system).

The pressure pump draws the oil from the tank and supplies
the system. A pressure relief valve limits maximum pressure
by returning oil to the pump inlet.
The oil is then delivered to the oil filter and restrictors to the
engine sections which require lubrication:

Breathing

- Gas generator front bearings

The oil mist which results from lubrication is returned to the


accessory gearbox, where the oil is separated from the air by
a centrifugal breather which vents overboard.

- Gas generator rear bearing


- Power turbine bearings
- Reduction gearbox and intermediate gear balance piston
- Accessory gearbox (supply upstream of the calibrated
orifice).
The oil is sprayed by jets onto the parts to be lubricated. It also
supplies a squeeze film for the gas generator rear bearing and
the power turbine front bearing.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps against


any particles which may be held in the oil. The magnetic plugs
retain magnetic particles which may be in the oil.

Indicating
The system ensures the following indications: pressure,
temperature, low pressure, magnetic particles and filter preblockage.

Edition: February 2012

4.34

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The main functions of the oil system are: supply, scavenge,


breathing and indicating.

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

2D

2D

2B/2B1
AIRFRAME

2B/2B1

ENGINE

2B/2B1

2B/2B1

Indication

SUCTION

SUPPLY

SCAVENGE

BREATHING

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

AIR VENT

4.35

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL OIL PIPES


Scavenge

Function

- Scavenge of the power turbine bearings (from power turbine


to reduction gearbox; flexible pipe)

The oil pipes ensure the oil circulation between the oil system
components and the lubricated parts of the engine.

Main characteristics

- Oil outlet (from oil check valve to oil cooler; aircraft


manufacturer's supply).

Breathing

- Type of pipes: rigid (one flexible)

- Gas generator rear bearing (external pipe).

- Type of unions:flanged.

Air vent

Description

- External pipe from the centrifugal breather to the exhaust


pipe (aircraft manufacturer's supply)

Supply
- Oil inlet (from oil tank to pressure pump; aircraft manufacturer's
supply)
- From accessory gearbox to filter base

- Scavenge of the gas generator rear bearing

- 2B-2B1: Engine air vent pipe (aircraft manufacturer's


supply)
- 2D: Engine air vent pipe (engine manufacturer's supply), fuel
tank air vent pipe (aircraft manufacturer's supply).

- Supply of the gas generator front bearings


- Supply of the gas generator rear bearing.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.36

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

This description deals with the external pipes of the oil


system.

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
GAS GENERATOR
REAR BEARING
SUPPLY

2B/2B1

2D

Indication

ENGINE AIR VENT


(engine manufacturer's supply)

Oil
inlet
Oil
outlet
SUPPLY PIPE
(from accessory
gearbox to filter base)

POWER TURBINE
BEARING SCAVENGE
(flexible)

Type of pipes:
Rigid (one flexible)
Type of unions:
Flanged

2D

2B/2B1

REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE

SUPPLY
SCAVENGE
BREATHING
AIR VENT

ENGINE AIR VENT


(aircraft manufacturer's supply)

EXTERNAL OIL PIPES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

GAS GENERATOR
REAR BEARING
BREATHING

Edition: February 2012

OIL TANK AIR VENT


(aircraft manufacturer's supply)

4.37

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FRONT BEARING
SUPPLY

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.38

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

BETWEEN TWO FLIGHTS


- Make sure that oil is at the proper level
AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS
- Check the oil system
check the visual pre-blockage indicator of the oil filter
- Make sure that oil is at the proper level
make sure that the oil level is correct within 15 minutes
of engine shut-down

- Mechanical magnetic plug of module M05


Check
Magnetism test
- Preformed packings of rear bearing ducts
Replacement
- Mechanical magnetic plug of module M01
Check
Magnetism test
- Electric magnetic plug
Magnetism test
Test
Inspection and cleaning

Chap. 72
Chap. 72
Chap. 72
Chap. 72
Chap. 72
Chap. 79
Chap. 79
Chap. 79

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

- Oil dilution - Check and inspection


- Spectrometric oil analysis - Sampling
procedure
- Oil filtering element - Replacement
- Oil system - Draining
Operation in sandy air
Operation with 5 cSt oil
Operation with 3 cSt oil
Use with restriction

Chap. 70

- Oil pump - Inspection


- Low oil pressure switch - Tightening check

Chap. 79
Chap. 70

Chap. 71
Chap. 72
Chap. 79
Chap. 79
Chap. 79
Chap. 79
Chap. 71

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.39

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.40

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

BEFORE THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY


REQUIRED
- Make sure that oil is at the proper level

- Preformed packings of rear bearing ducts


Replacement
- Electric magnetic plug
Magnetism test
Test
- Oil system - Draining
Sandy air
Use of 5 cSt oil
Use of 3 cSt oil

Chap. 79
Chap. 79
Chap. 79

- Oil pressure transmitter


Functional test

Chap. 79
Chap. 79

- Oil filtering element


Replacement

Chap. 79

- Mechanical magnetic plugs


Check
Magnetism test

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


REQUIRED
- Make sure that oil is at the proper level
make sure that the oil level is correct within 15 minutes
of engine shut-down

Chap. 79
Chap. 79

- Oil pressure and temperature transmitter


Functional test

BETWEEN TWO FLIGHTS


REQUIRED
- Make sure that oil is at the proper level

Chap. 72

Chap. 79
Chap. 79

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.41

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.42

OIL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
- Oil system
Oil pressure check
Draining of the oil system
Rinsing of the oil system

Chap. 79

- Electrical magnetic plug


Cleaning
Removal / installation
Tests

Chap. 79

- Oil pumps
Removal / Installation
Inspection / check

Chap. 79

Chap. 79

- Oil valve assembly


Removal / Installation
Inspection / check

Chap. 79

- 2B-2B1: Low oil pressure switch


Removal / installation
Inspection / check
Tests

- Scavenge strainer
Removal / installation

Chap. 79

- Pipes and unions of the oil system


Removal / installation

Chap. 79

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

4.43

OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(non exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

5 - AIR SYSTEM
- Air system presentation (75-00-00) ..................................................... 5.2
- Internal air system (75-00-00) .............................................................. 5.4
- Air tappings (75-00-00) ......................................................................... 5.6
- Compressor bleed valve (75-31-00) ..................................................... 5.8
- P3 pressure transmitter (75-41-00) ...................................................... 5.12
- External air pipes (75-29-00) ................................................................ 5.14
- Air system - 1st line maintenance....................................................... 5.16 - 5.19

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.1

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM PRESENTATION

The engine air system includes:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function
- An internal air system which ensures:
The pressurisation of the labyrinth seals
The cooling of the engine internal parts
The balance of forces on the rotating assemblies
- Air tappings which ensure:
The start injector ventilation
The air pressure measurement for the control system
The aircraft air system supply
The air for the bleed valve operation
The air for the pressurisation of the power turbine labyrinth
seals
2B: The air supply to the pump and metering unit

assembly.
- The compressor bleed valve.
Note: Refer to the various systems for the location, the
characteristics, the description and operation.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.2

AIR SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR TAPPINGS
- Start injector ventilation
- Air pressure measurement for the control system
- Aircraft air system supply
- Bleed valve operation
- Pressurisation of the power turbine labyrinth seals
- 2B: air supply to the pump and metering unit assembly

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


- Pressurisation of labyrinth seals
- Cooling of internal parts
- Balance of forces on the rotating assemblies

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

COMPRESSOR
BLEED VALVE

AIR SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.3

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Gas generator HP section

Position

Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor wheel outlet passes


down the rear face of the compressor wheel, through the
curvic-couplings, the hollow shaft and internal passages. It is
used to:

The internal air system pressurises the labyrinth seals, cools


certain parts and provides a balancing of forces.

All the parts of the system are internal except the pressurisation
of the power turbine labyrinth which is supplied by an external
pipe.

Main characteristics

- Type: air tapping with a calibrated flow


- Air pressures used:
P2.4: centrifugal compressor inlet pressure
P2.6: centrifugal compressor wheel outlet pressure
P3: centrifugal compressor outlet pressure.
Note: The internal air system is also referred to as the secondary
air system.

Functional description

The internal air system can be considered in three parts: the


front section, the gas generator HP section and the power
turbine section.

Front section
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor inlet is used to
pressurise the front bearing labyrinths. There is a very small flow
of air into the bearing chamber. Air tapped from the same point
is discharged through the compressor bleed valve, mounted on
the compressor casing (see compressor bleed valve).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Cool the rear face of the gas generator turbine (discharging


into the gas flow)
- Pressurise the labyrinth seal of the gas generator rear bearing
(small flow into the bearing housing)
- Cool the front face of the power turbine (discharge into the
gas flow).
The air from the centrifugal compressor outlet flows through
the hollow nozzle guide vanes and through holes in the shroud.
It is used to cool the nozzle guide vane and the front face of
the gas generator turbine. A small amount of air is also used
to cool the turbine shroud.

Power turbine section


The air is tapped from the front face of the centrifugal compressor
casing (clean air) and is taken by an external pipe to the reduction
gearbox casing. It then passes through internal passages to
pressurise the labyrinth seal on the power turbine shaft and to
cool the rear face of the power turbine.

Edition: February 2012

5.4

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


- Internal passages
- External pipes

Air pressures used:


- P2.4: Centrifugal compressor inlet pressure
- P2.6: Centrifugal compressor wheel outlet pressure
- P3: Centrifugal compressor outlet pressure

Air supplied by
external pipe
Discharge of air
(through compressor
bleed valve)

FRONT SECTION

P2.4 (centrifugal compressor


inlet pressure)

GAS GENERATOR HP SECTION

P2.6 (centrifugal compressor


wheel outlet pressure)

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

POWER TURBINE
SECTION

P3 (centrifugal compressor
outlet pressure)

5.5

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Air pressure tapping with
a calibrated flow

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR TAPPINGS
Start injector ventilation
Compressor delivery air is used to ventilate the start injectors
to avoid blockage by the carbonisation of unburnt fuel.

Air tappings are used for:


-
-
-
-
-
-

Fuel control
2B: he pump and metering unit assembly (metering unit)
T
Start injector ventilation
Aircraft services
Bleed valve operation
Pressurisation of the power turbine labyrinth seals.

2B-2B1: The system comprises a tapping union and a pipe


connected to the start electro-valve.
2D: The system comprises a tapping union and a pipe connected
to the start injectors purge valve.

Aircraft services
Compressor delivery air is tapped off for use in various aircraft
systems.

Main characteristics
- P3 air tapping limited by calibrated orifices.

The engine has two air tapping unions (used for the aircraft
services) located on the centrifugal compressor casing.

Functional description
Fuel control

Note: The use of this bleed is restricted during take-off.

A P3 pressure transmitter measures the centrifugal compressor


outlet air pressure.

Bleed valve operation

The signal of pressure is transmitted to the EECU.

Compressor delivery air is tapped to operate the compressor


bleed valve.

2B: Air tapping for the pump and metering unit


assembly

Pressurisation of the power turbine labyrinth


seal

The air tapped from the outlet of the centrifugal compressor


supplies the metering unit through an external pipe (anti-surge
function for manual control).
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Refer to previous pages

Edition: February 2012

5.6

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ENGINE
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
Control
signals

Aircraft
services

P3 PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Power turbine
labyrinth seal
START
ELECTRO-VALVE

2B/2B1
Bleed valve
operation

2D

PURGE
VALVE

P3 air
Ventilation of
start injectors
2B
Fuel control
START
INJECTORS

2B
PUMP - METERING
UNIT ASSEMBLY

Air tapping
union location

AIR TAPPINGS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.7

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P3 air tapping limited


by calibrated orifices

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


Main components

Function

- Pneumatic control system

The valve prevents compressor surge by bleeding off a certain


quantity of air tapped from the axial compressor outlet. When the
valve is open, the discharge of air causes the air flow through
the axial compressor to increase thus moving the working line
away from the surge line. The operation of this valve depends
on the P3/P0 pressure ratio.

- Butterfly valve

Position

- P3 inlet filter.

- In the system: between the axial and centrifugal


compressors
- On the engine: at the top of the compressor axial.

- Rack and pinion mechanism


- Microswitch (connected to the EECU)
- P2.4 air outlet

Note: The air is discharged under the cowling in order to


improve cooling of the engine compartment.

Main characteristics
- Type: pneumatic, butterfly valve
- Control: by P3/P0 pressure ratio.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.8

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Surge
line

Working line
(valve closed)
Working line
(valve open)

AIRFLOW
G

MICROSWITCH
(connected to EECU)

COMPRESSOR FIELD DIAGRAM

P2.4
air outlet
BUTTERFLY
VALVE
RACK AND PINION
MECHANISM

P3 INLET
FILTER

Type:
Pneumatic, butterfly valve
Control:
By P3/P0 pressure ratio

PNEUMATIC
CONTROL SYSTEM
P3 air

GENERAL

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.9

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

COMPRESSION
RATIO P3/P0

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE

Operation
Open position

The compressor bleed valve includes 3 main parts: the detection


capsule, the intermediate stage and the bleed valve.

The P3/P0 pressure ratio is not sufficient to activate the capsules


and there is an air discharge downstream of the calibrated
orifices. The piston is not actuated and the butterfly valve is
open.

Detection capsule

A certain amount of air, tapped from the centrifugal compressor


inlet, is discharged overboard.

It is subjected to P3/P0 pressure ratio and controls the air


discharge downstream of the calibrated orifice B.

The microswitch contact is closed and sends an open signal to


the EECU, which outputs a position signal to the cockpit.

It is fitted with a filter at the inlet.

Closed position

Description

Intermediate stage
It includes a diaphragm which is subjected to the pressure
downstream of B. The diaphragm controls the discharge
which determines the pressure downstream of the calibrated
orificeA.

Bleed valve
It includes a spring loaded piston subjected to the pressure
downstream of restrictor A. The piston actuates the butterfly
valve by means of a rack and pinion mechanism.
It also includes a microswitch, operated by the piston, which
sends a position signal to the EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

When the gas generator rotation speed N1 increases, the


compression ratio P3/P0 increases and beyond a certain
value:
- The pressure becomes sufficient to deform the detection
capsule which closes the discharge
- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice B
increases
- The diaphragm of the intermediate stage closes the
discharge
- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice A
increases
- The piston moves down under P3 pressure and rotates the
butterfly valve through the rack and pinion mechanism. The
valve closes and stops the air bleed.
The microswitch contact, actuated by the piston, opens. This
provides a closed signal to the EECU, which outputs a position
signal to the cockpit.

Edition: February 2012

5.10

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

P2.4
P3 air
A

B
P0 air

PISTON

MICROSWITCH
P2.4

Signal to the
EECU

RACK

INTERMEDIATE
STAGE

DETECTION
CAPSULE

PINION

INDICATION

BUTTERFLY
VALVE

VALVE SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.11

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FILTER

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

P3 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

The P3 pressure transmitter senses the compressor outlet air


pressure and supplies a signal to the EECU.

The transmitter produces an electrical voltage proportional to


the P3 air pressure.

Position

The pressure signal is used by the EECU for engine control


(fuel flow limit, surge control).

- In the system: connected to the EECU


- On the engine: on the ignition unit support.

Main characteristics
- Type: resistive
- Output signal: voltage proportional to the air pressure
- Supply voltage: 10 VDC.

Description
The P3 pressure transmitter system comprises the P3 tapping,
an air pipe and the pressure transmitter.
The transmitter is secured by screws.
The electrical connector provides the connection with the
EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.12

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

P3 PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Type:
Resistive
Output signal:
Voltage proportional
to the air pressure
Supply voltage:
10 VDC

P3 PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Engine Electronic
Control Unit

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
(connection with the EECU)

P3 PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER
Air
pipe
Compressor outlet
pressure tapping

Ignition unit
support

P3 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.13

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P3 air
pressure

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

This part considers the external air pipes of the air system.

The air pipes ensure the air supply from/to the various system
components.

Main characteristics
- Type of pipes: rigid, stainless steel
- Type of unions: standard (connecting flange with bolts).

Description of the pipes


The air system uses the following external pipes:
- Air pipe for the control of the compressor bleed valve
- Air pipe for the ventilation of the start injectors
- Air pipe to supply the P3 pressure transmitter
- Air pipe for the pressurisation of the power turbine
labyrinth
- 2B: Air pipe to supply the pump and metering unit assembly

(acceleration controller).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.14

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

BLEED VALVE
CONTROL

START INJECTORS
VENTILATION

2B: AIR SUPPLY TO THE


PUMP AND METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

Type of pipes:
Rigid, stainless steel
Type of unions:
Standard
(connecting flange with bolts)
PRESSURISATION OF
THE POWER TURBINE LABYRINTH

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

P3 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
SUPPLY

5.15

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.16

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS
- 2B-2B1: P3 pressure transmitter
Tests

Chap. 75

- 2D: Bleed valve filter


Check and inspection

Chap. 75

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- 2B-2B1: P3 pressure transmitter
Tightening check

Chap. 70

- 2B-2B1: Bleed valve


Inspection of the filter
Inspection

Chap. 75
Chap. 75

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.17

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.18

AIR SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- Pipes and unions of the air system


Removal / installation

Chap. 75

- Compressor bleed valve


Cleaning
Removal / installation
Inspection
Inspection / Check
Test and adjustment

Chap. 75

- P3 pressure transmitter
Removal / installation
Inspection
Test

Chap. 75

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5.19

AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

6 - FUEL SYSTEM
- Fuel system presentation (73-00-00) ................................................... 6.2
- Pump and metering unit assembly (73-23-00) .................................... 6.8
Fuel pumps (73-23-00) ....................................................................... 6.12
Fuel filter (73-23-11) ........................................................................... 6.16
Fuel filter indication ........................................................................... 6.20
2D: Fuel pressure and temperature transmitters ........................... 6.24
2B-2B1: Low fuel pressure switch (73-23-33) ................................. 6.26
Start purge valve (73-23-00) .............................................................. 6.28
Metering unit (73-23-00) .................................................................... 6.32
- Fuel valves assembly (73-14-00) ......................................................... 6.46
- Start injectors (72-43-00) ...................................................................... 6.54
- Main injection system (72-00-43) ......................................................... 6.56
- Combustion chamber drain valve........................................................ 6.58
- Fuel system - Operation (73-00-00)..................................................... 6.60
- External fuel pipes (73-19-00) .............................................................. 6.80
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance..................................................... 6.82 - 6.87
(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.1

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


Main components

Function
The fuel system ensures fuel supply, distribution, control,
metering and injection.

Position
All the system components are mounted on the engine except
the EECU, the fuel tank and the starting pump.

- Pump and metering unit assembly:


LP pump
Fuel filter
HP pump
Metering unit

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

- Fuel valves assembly


- Fuel injection system.

Main characteristics
- Supply by the aircraft system and the engine pumps
- Centrifugal main injection and start injection by injectors
- 2B: Manual control
- 2B1-2D: Automatic back-up control
- Fuel control: Electronic control unit controlling a metering
device.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.2

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Supply:
- Aircraft system
- Engine pumps

2B1-2D: AUTOMATIC BACK-UP


CONTROL
SENSORS

Injection:
- Centrifugal main injection
- Start injection by injectors
2B: Manual control

ENGINE
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT

2B1-2D: Automatic back-up


control

METERING
UNIT

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

Fuel control:
Electronic control unit
controlling a metering device

2B: MANUAL
CONTROL

FUEL TANK

FUEL
FILTER

LP PUMP

HP PUMP
N1

Starting
pump

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Aircraft

FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM

Engine

GENERAL

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.3

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


Metering unit

- Automatic control (stepper motor, position transmitter,


metering needle, constant P valve)
- 2B: Manual control: twist grip on collective lever
- 2B1: Automatic back-up control: by-pass valve and actuator
(the actuator is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer).

Low pressure pump (LP)


Centrifugal type pump.

Oil/Fuel heat exchanger (oil filter)

Additional check valve


Fuel valves assembly

Fuel filter
The filter has a fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch, a
blockage indicator and a by-pass valve.

Start purge valve


Low fuel pressure switch

-
-
-
-

Start electro-valve
Stop electro-valve
Pressurising valve
Stop purge valve.

Fuel injection system

High pressure pump (HP)

- Start injectors (x 2)
- Main injection (centrifugal wheel)
- Engine fuel inlet union.

Spur gear type pump with a pressure relief valve.

Combustion chamber drain valve


Note: An optional fuel flowmeter, supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer, can be fitted between the metering unit
and the fuel valves assembly.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.4

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

FUEL FILTER
(with by-pass valve)
OIL/FUEL HEAT
EXCHANGER
(oil filter)

Constant
P valve

Stop
purge valve
2B1:
AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL

Pressurising
Stop
valve
electro-valve

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

Fuel filter
pre-blockage
pressure switch

Centrifugal
wheel

Engine
fuel inlet union
FUEL
INJECTION
SYSTEM

Indication

FUEL
VALVES
ASSEMBLY

2B: MANUAL
CONTROL

LP PUMP

Start
injectors

Indication

Fuel filter
blockage
indicator

PUMP AND
METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

HP PUMP
LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH (with pressure
relief valve)

Start
electro-valve
ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

START PURGE
VALVE

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE

2B1: HP pump pressure


2B: Pressure from metering unit
Restrictor

DESCRIPTION (2B-2B1)

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.5

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

An optional fuel flowmeter, supplied by the


aircraft manufacturer, can be fitted between the
metering unit and the fuel valves assembly.

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

High pressure pump (HP)

Low pressure pump (LP)

Spur gear type pump with a pressure relief valve.

Metering unit

Liquid ring type pump.

Oil/Fuel heat exchanger (oil filter)

- Automatic control (stepper motor, position transmitter,


metering needle, double constant P valve)

Fuel pressure transmitter

- Automatic back-up control: by-pass valve and actuator (the


actuator is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer).

Transmitter submitted to LP pump pressure outlet. It is used


by the EECU for low pressure indication and fuel filter preblockage detection.

Additional check valve

Fuel filter

The fuel valves assembly includes the start electro-valve, the


stop electro-valve, the pressurising valve, the start injectors
purge valve and the stop purge valve.

The filter has a blockage indicator and a by-pass valve. The


fuel filter pre-blockage monitoring is ensured by two pressure
transmitters located on each side of the filter.

Fuel pressure and temperature transmitter


The pressure transmitter is downstream the filter. It is used by
the EECU to detect the fuel filter pre-blockage. This transmitter
also senses the fuel temperature at the HP pump inlet. This
signal is used by the EECU to indicate the fuel max. temperature

Start purge valve

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Fuel valves assembly

Fuel injection system


- Start injectors (x 2)
- Main injection (centrifugal wheel)
- Engine fuel inlet union.

Combustion chamber drain valve


Note: An optional fuel flowmeter, supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer, can be fitted between the metering unit
and the fuel valves assembly.

Edition: February 2012

6.6

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Restrictor

Fuel pressure
transmitter

Constant
P valve
(double)

ADDITIONAL
CHECK
VALVE

Stop
purge valve

Pressurising Centrifugal
Stop
valve
wheel
electro-valve
Engine
fuel inlet
union

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL

FUEL FILTER
(with by-pass
valve)

OIL/FUEL HEAT
EXCHANGER
(oil filter)

FUEL
INJECTION
SYSTEM

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY
AUTOMATIC
CONTROL
Start
electro-valve

LP PUMP
Fuel filter
blockage
indicator
HP PUMP
(with pressure
relief valve)

PUMP AND
METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

START PURGE
VALVE
Fuel pressure
and temperature
transmitter

INJECTORS
PURGE
VALVE

Start
injectors
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE

DESCRIPTION (2D)

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.7

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

An optional fuel flowmeter, supplied by the


aircraft manufacturer, can be fitted between the
metering unit and the fuel valves assembly.

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Main components

Function

- LP pump

The pump and metering unit assembly ensures fuel supply and
fuel flow metering.

- Fuel filter

Position

- Fuel filter blockage indicator

- In the system: before the fuel valves assembly

- Low fuel pressure switch

- On the engine: on the left front face of the accessory


gearbox.

- Start purge valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION (2B-2B1)

- Fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch

- HP pump

Main characteristics
- Mounting: clamping ring
- Replaceable components (LRUs):
Fuel filter
Fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch
Low fuel pressure switch
Fuel filter blockage indicator.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Constant P valve
- Metering unit
- Additional check valve.

Edition: February 2012

6.8

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

START
PURGE VALVE

Mounting:
Clamping ring

2B1: Pump and metering


unit assembly

Replaceable components:
Fuel filter
Fuel filter pre-blockage pressure
switch
Low fuel pressure switch
Fuel filter blockage indicator

LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH
HP PUMP
LP PUMP

CONSTANT
P VALVE

METERING
UNIT
LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH

FUEL
FILTER

HP PUMP

FUEL
FILTER BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

METERING
UNIT

FUEL FILTER
PRE-BLOCKAGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
To LP
pump outlet

To fuel
valves
assembly
Indication

FUEL
FILTER
Heat
exchanger

LP PUMP
METERING
UNIT

START
PURGE
VALVE

Indication

START
PURGE VALVE
2B: Pump and metering
unit assembly

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

LP PUMP
Fuel inlet
(from aircraft fuel system)

HP PUMP

LOW FUEL
PRESSURE
SWITCH

PRESENTATION (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.9

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL
FILTER

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Main components

Function

- LP pump

The pump and metering unit assembly ensures fuel supply and
fuel flow metering.

- Fuel filter

Position

- Fuel filter blockage indicator

- In the system: before the fuel valves assembly

- Fuel pressure and temperature transmitter

- On the engine: on the left front face of the accessory


gearbox.

- Start purge valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION (2D)

- Fuel pressure transmitter

- HP pump

Main characteristics
- Mounting: clamping ring
- Replaceable components (LRUs):
Fuel filter
Fuel pressure transmitter
Fuel pressure and temperature transmitter
Fuel filter blockage indicator.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Constant P valve assembly


- Metering unit
- Additional check valve.

Edition: February 2012

6.10

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

FUEL
FILTER
FUEL
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

Mounting:
Clamping ring

To fuel
valves assembly

To LP
pump
outlet

METERING
UNIT

Heat
exchanger

FUEL
FILTER BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

START PURGE
VALVE

FUEL
FILTER

FUEL
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

LP PUMP

Fuel inlet

FUEL
FILTER BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Replaceable components:
Fuel filter
Fuel pressure transmitter
Fuel pressure and
temperature transmitter
Fuel filter blockage indicator

Pump and metering


unit assembly

FUEL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER
HP PUMP
Pump and metering
unit assembly

HP PUMP
LP PUMP

CONSTANT P
VALVE ASSEMBLY

METERING
UNIT

PRESENTATION (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.11

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONSTANT P
VALVE ASSEMBLY
(double)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


The LP pump has an ejector supplied by fuel from the LP pump
outlet.

Function
The pump assembly supplies fuel under determined conditions
of pressure and flow.

Position

The fuel pump drive shaft is a shear shaft.

High pressure pump (HP)

- In the system: before the metering unit


- On the engine: on the right side of the pump and metering
unit assembly.

Main characteristics
- Type:
LP pump: centrifugal type
HP pump: spur gear type with pressure relief valve.

The high pressure pump is a gear type pump. It has a drive


gear (driven at a speed proportional to N1) and a driven gear.
The drive shaft is fitted with a double lip seal and a drain system,
which ensure that no fuel can leak into the accessory gearbox
casing.
The high pressure pump also includes a pressure relief
valve.

Operation

Description
The pump assembly includes an LP pump and an HP pump
fitted with a pressure relief valve.
The two pumps are mounted on a common shaft.

Fuel from the aircraft system enters the LP pump which provides
an initial pressure increase to supply the HP pump. The HP pump
gives a second pressure rise and supplies the metering unit.
The LP pump is capable of drawing fuel from the aircraft tank
and therefore starting pumps are not necessary after starting.

Low pressure pump (LP)


The low pressure pump is a centrifugal pump. It includes an
impeller driven at a speed proportional to N1.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The pump is capable of operating with contaminated fuel so


there is no filter at the inlet.

During normal operation, the HP pump pressure relief valve is


closed. In the event of overpressure, it opens and returns the
excess fuel to the HP pump inlet.

Edition: February 2012

6.12

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL PUMPS (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

HP FUEL PUMP

2B1

Drive gear

DOUBLE LIP
SEAL

DRIVE SHAFT
(shear shaft)

Fuel inlet
(from aircraft
fuel system)
Ejector

Impeller

DRAIN

LP FUEL PUMP
2B

PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE

Fuel
filter

Heat
exchanger
(oil filter)

Type:
LP pump: centrifugal type
HP pump: spur gear type

HP PUMP
LP PUMP

MOUNTING
FLANGE
Indication

To start
purge valve
Indication

Fuel inlet
LP PUMP
(from aircraft fuel system)

To metering
unit

HP PUMP
(with pressure
relief valve)

FUEL PUMPS (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.13

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Driven gear

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


This internal drive shaft is also connected to the drive gear of
the HP fuel pump. A seal ensures the sealing between the LP
fuel pump and the HP fuel pump.

Function
The pump assembly supplies fuel under determined conditions
of pressure and flow.

Position
- In the system: before the metering unit

High pressure pump (HP)


The high pressure pump is a gear type pump. It has a driven
gear and a drive gear driven at a speed proportional to N1.

- On the engine: on the right side of the pump and metering


unit assembly.

The drive shaft is fitted with a double lip seal and a drain system,
which ensure that no fuel can leak into the accessory gearbox
casing.

Main characteristics

The high pressure pump also includes a pressure relief


valve.

- Type:
LP pump: liquid ring type
HP pump: spur gear type with pressure relief valve.

Operation

Description
The pump assembly includes an LP pump and an HP pump
fitted with a pressure relief valve.
The two pumps are mounted on a common shaft.

Low pressure pump (LP)


The LP fuel pump is a liquid ring type pump. The vane assembly
is fitted with internal splines connected to an internal drive shaft
(shear shaft type).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Fuel from the aircraft system enters the LP pump which provides
an initial pressure increase to supply the HP pump. The HP pump
gives a second pressure rise and supplies the metering unit.
The LP pump is capable of drawing fuel from the aircraft tank
and therefore booster pumps are not necessary.
During normal operation, the HP pump pressure relief valve is
closed. In the event of overpressure, it opens and returns the
excess fuel to the HP pump inlet.

Edition: February 2012

6.14

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL PUMPS (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Fuel outlet
(to metering
unit)

Fuel inlet
(from aircraft
fuel system)

DRIVE SHAFT
(shear shaft)
Drain

PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE

HP PUMP
Heat
exchanger

Type:
LP pump: liquid ring type
HP pump: spur gear type
with pressure relief valve

Fuel
filter
To start
purge valve

To metering
unit

HP PUMP
LP PUMP

LP PUMP
Fuel inlet
HP PUMP
(from aircraft fuel system)
(with pressure relief valve)

FUEL PUMPS (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.15

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LP PUMP

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

By-pass valve

Function

This valve ensures a fuel flow to the metering unit in the event
of filter blockage. It is subjected on one side to filter upstream
pressure and on the other side to downstream pressure plus
the force of a spring.

The filter retains any particles that may be in the fuel in order
to protect the metering unit components.

Position
- In the system: between the LP and HP pumps
- On the engine: on top of the pump and metering unit
assembly.

Main characteristics

Note: The by-pass valve is fitted inside the pump and metering
unit assembly body.

Normal operation
The fuel provided by the LP fuel pump enters the fuel filter and
flows through the filtering element (from outside to inside).

- Type: fibreglass cartridge


- By-pass valve setting: P 120 kPa (17.4 PSID)

The filtering element retains particles larger than 20 microns.


The fuel then flows to the HP pump.

Description
The assembly comprises the housing, the filtering element, the
by-pass valve, the fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch and
the fuel filter blockage indicator.

Note: Before entering the fuel filter, the fuel passes through
the fuel/oil heat exchanger formed by the oil filter
housing.

Filtering element
It is a fibreglass cartridge with a filtering ability of 20 microns.
O'ring seals ensure the sealing between the cartridge and the
filter housing.
The filter cover is fitted with a purge outlet union.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.16

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL FILTER (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Fuel filter
pre-blockage
pressure switch
Indication

BY-PASS
VALVE

By-pass valve setting:


P 120 kPa (17.4 PSID)
To start purge
valve

From
LP pump

To metering
unit
To
start purge
valve

FUEL
FILTER

Fuel filter
blockage
indicator

FUEL
FILTER

PURGE OUTLET
UNION

HP pump

Fuel filter
blockage
indicator

Fuel filter
pre-blockage
pressure switch

COVER

FILTERING ELEMENT
(20 micron fibreglass
cartridge)

2B: Pump and metering


unit assembly
To
start purge
valve

Type:
Fibreglass cartridge

2B1: Pump and metering


unit assembly

FUEL FILTER (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.17

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL
FILTER

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

By-pass valve

Function

This valve ensures a fuel flow to the metering unit in the event
of filter blockage. It is subjected on one side to filter upstream
pressure and on the other side to downstream pressure plus
the force of a spring.

The filter retains any particles that may be in the fuel in order
to protect the metering unit components.

Position
- In the system: between the LP and HP pumps
- On the engine: on top of the pump and metering unit
assembly.

Main characteristics

Note: The by-pass valve is fitted inside the pump and metering
unit assembly body.

Normal operation
The fuel provided by the LP fuel pump enters the fuel filter and
flows through the filtering element (from outside to inside).

- Type: fibreglass cartridge


- By-pass valve setting: P 150 kPa (21.7 PSID)

The filtering element retains particles larger than 20 microns.


The fuel then flows to the HP pump.

Description
The assembly comprises the housing, the filtering element, the
by-pass valve, the fuel pressure transmitters and the fuel filter
blockage indicator.

Filtering element
It is a fibreglass cartridge with a filtering ability of 20 microns.

Note 1: Before entering the fuel filter, the fuel passes through
the fuel/oil heat exchanger formed by the oil filter
housing.
Note 2: The base of the filter housing is equipped with a
drain to evacuate the fuel when the filtering element
is removed. It is connected to the drain of the pump
and metering unit assemblys double lip seal.

O'ring seals ensure the sealing between the cartridge and the
filter housing.
The filter cover is fitted with a purge outlet union.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.18

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL FILTER (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

FILTER
COVER
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Fibreglass cartridge
By-pass valve setting:
P 150 kPa (21.7 PSID)

FUEL
FILTER

Fuel pressure
and temperature
transmitter

Fuel filter
blockage
indicator
Fuel
pressure
transmitter

FILTERING ELEMENT
(20 micron fibreglass
cartridge)

FUEL
FILTER
Fuel
pressure
transmitter
From
LP pump
Fuel filter
blockage
indicator

BY-PASS
VALVE

FILTER
HOUSING

To start
purge valve
Fuel pressure
and temperature
transmitter
To metering
unit
HP pump

FUEL FILTER (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.19

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Operation

Function

Normal operation

The fuel filter indication is provided by a pre-blockage pressure


switch and a blockage indicator.

The filtering element is clean. The pressure difference on each


side of the filter is lower than the blockage indicator setting: the
indicator doesn't protrude (armed).

Position

Pre-blockage

- In the system: between the fuel inlet and outlet of the fuel
filter
- On the engine: on the pump and metering unit assembly
beside the fuel filter.

Main characteristics
- Pre-blockage pressure switch:
Type: differential
Cockpit indication
- Blockage indicator
Type: differential, magnetic
Indication: red indicator

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

When the filtering unit becomes dirty, the pressure difference


across the filter increases. When the pressure difference exceeds
the fuel filter pressure switch setting the electrical switch closes
and lights the fuel filter pre-blockage indication in the cockpit.

Blockage
When the fuel filter becomes dirty, the pressure difference
increases.
When the pressure difference exceeds the fuel filter blockage
indicator setting, it causes the by-pass valve to open and the
indicator to pop out.
Note: The indicator is reset, after the removal of the cover by
pushing it back into its housing.

Edition: February 2012

6.20

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL FILTER INDICATION (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Electrical
connector

PRE-BLOCKAGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
Type:
Differential pressure switch
Cockpit indication

Fuel
filter

Oring
seals

BLOCKAGE INDICATOR
Type:
Differential, magnetic

Downstream
pressure

Indication:
Red indicator

Fuel pressure
(from LP pump)
FUEL FILTER
PRE-BLOCKAGE
PRESSURE SWITCH

2B: Pump and metering


unit assembly

Fuel
filter

Red
indicator
(magnetic)

Upstream
pressure
Downstream
pressure

FUEL FILTER
BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Pre-blockage indication
(cockpit)

FUEL FILTER
BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Indication

Removable
transparent cover
(manual reset)

Indication

Indication

2B1: Pump and metering


unit assembly
Low
pressure

Low
pressure

Low
pressure

To HP pump
NORMAL
OPERATION

To HP pump
PRE-BLOCKAGE

To HP pump
BLOCKAGE

FUEL FILTER INDICATION (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.21

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-BLOCKAGE
PRESSURE SWITCH

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Operation

Function

Pre-blockage

The fuel filter indications are provided by two fuel pressure


transmitters and a blockage indicator.

The fuel filter pre-blockage monitoring is performed by two


pressure transmitters which measure the fuel pressure upstream
and downstream the filter. The signals are sent to the EECU
to detect the pressure drop in the filter, and consequently the
pre-blockage level.

Position
- In the system: at the fuel filter inlet and at the fuel filter
outlet
- On the engine: on the pump and metering unit assembly
beside the fuel filter.

Main characteristics
- Fuel pressure transmitter:
Type: resistive
Connected to the EECU
- Fuel pressure and temperature transmitter:
Type: resistive and platinum probe
Connected to the EECU
- Blockage indicator
Type: differential, magnetic
Indication: red indicator

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The EECU monitors two levels of pre-blockage:


- Level 1: Maintenance
- Level 2: Warning.
If the pressure difference reaches the level 1, a fuel filter preblockage indication ("FUEL FILT") will flash when the engine
is set to idle or shut down.
If the pressure difference reaches the level 2, a fixed fuel
filter pre-blockage indication ("FUEL FILT") comes on in flight,
whatever the operating mode of the engine, and when the
engine is shut down.

Blockage
If the pressure difference reaches the threshold of the by-pass
valve, the by-pass valve opens, the fuel is not filtered any more
and by-passes the filter. A red visual indicator pops-up on the
filter housing.

Edition: February 2012

6.22

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL FILTER INDICATION (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Fuel
pressure

Fuel
pressure

Electrical
connector

PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
Type:
Resistive and platinum probe

Electrical
connector

Connected to EECU
FUEL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER
FUEL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Red indicator
(magnetic)

Connected to EECU

BLOCKAGE INDICATOR
Type:
Differential, magnetic

Upstream
pressure
Downstream
pressure

Indication:
Red indicator

FUEL FILTER
BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

Indication

Flashing indication
(engine set to idle or
upon shut-down)

Fixed indication
(in flight and upon
shut-down)

Indication

EECU

EECU

EECU

EECU

Low
pressure
To HP pump
NORMAL
OPERATION

Low
pressure

Low
pressure

Low
pressure

To HP pump

To HP pump
PRE-BLOCKAGE
(Level 1)

PRE-BLOCKAGE
(Level 2)

To HP pump
BLOCKAGE

FUEL FILTER INDICATION (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.23

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Removable
transparent cover
(manual reset)

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Type:
Resistive

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Description

Function

- A resistor bridge printed on a flexible support

Each fuel pressure transmitter includes:

The fuel pressure and temperature transmitters provide signals


of fuel filter upstream and downstream pressures and a fuel
temperature signal to the EECU.

Position
- In the system: upstream and downstream of the fuel filter
- On the engine: on the filter assembly.

Main characteristics

- A mounting flange bolted onto the filter assembly.


The pressure and temperature transmitter also includes a
platinum wire resistor.

Operation
The EECU supplies each transmitter with a constant reference
input voltage. Any change of fuel pressure causes the deformation
of the support and the resistor bridge outputs to the EECU a
voltage proportional to the fuel pressure.
The EECU also provides the fuel temperature transmitter with
a constant current, the transmitter outputs a signal proportional
to the fuel temperature.

Pressure transmitter
- Type: resistive
- Output signal:
Electrical voltage proportional to the fuel pressure.
Pressure and temperature transmitter

Indication
The two pressure and temperature signals are used by the
EECU:
- To monitor and provide indication of fuel filter for preblockage

- Type: resistive and platinum probe


- Output signals:
Electrical voltage proportional to the fuel pressure
Electrical current proportional to the fuel temperature.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- An electrical connector

- To detect and indicate the low fuel pressure in the system


- To monitor a fuel overtemperature.

Edition: February 2012

6.24

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE


TRANSMITTERS (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Fuel
pressure

Electrical
connector

FUEL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER


Type:
Resistive
Output signal:
Electrical voltage proportional
to the fuel pressure

FUEL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Cockpit indication
- Fuel filter pre-blockage
(Level 1 and 2)
- Fuel low pressure
- Pump and metering unit
fuel temperature
FUEL PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

Fuel
pressure

FUEL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER

FUEL PRESSURE AND


TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
Type:
Resistive and platinum probe
Output signals:
- Electrical voltage proportional
to the fuel pressure
- Electrical current proportional
to the fuel temperature

EECU
FUEL PRESSURE
AND TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER

Electrical
connector
Low
pressure

To HP pump

FUEL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.25

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Description

Function

The low fuel pressure switch includes:

The low fuel pressure switch detects low pressure at the HP


pump intlet.

- A fuel inlet orifice

Position

- An electrical connector (connection with the instrument


panel).

- In the system: upstream of the HP pump


- On the engine: on the pump and metering unit assembly front
face above the LP pump.

Main characteristics
- Type: diaphragm

- A diaphragm and a microswitch

The low fuel pressure switch is secured by two bolts on the


pump and metering unit assembly front face.

Operation
Normal engine running

- Setting: 50 kPa (7.2 PSI)

In normal operation the fuel pressure is sufficient to hold the


electrical contact open.

- Cockpit indication.

The warning light on the instrument panel is extinguished.

Low pressure operation


If the fuel filter downstream pressure drops below the low
fuel pressure switch setting, the electrical contact closes
and completes the circuit to the low fuel pressure warning
indication.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.26

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH (2B-2B1)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH

Type:
Diaphragm
Setting:
50 kPa (7.2 PSI)
Indication

Cockpit indication

LOW FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH
Low fuel pressure
warning indication

From
LP pump

Indication

HP pump

LP pump

To metering unit

LOW FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.27

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Fuel
pressure

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Operation

Function
The start purge valve permits a purge of air from the fuel system
before engine start.

When the aircraft starting pump is switched on, fuel is supplied


to the engine.
The start purge valve is open.
The fuel passes through the LP pump, the filter and returns to
the tank.

Position
- In the system: between the filter and the return line to the
fuel tank
- On the engine: on the upper part of the pump and metering
unit assembly.

As soon as engine start is selected:


- 2B: The metering unit outlet pressure acts on the piston to
close the start purge valve.
- 2B1: The HP pump outlet pressure acts on the piston to close
the start purge valve.

Main characteristics
- Type: ball valve controlled by a piston and a spring.

Description
The start purge valve includes:
- A valve
- A piston
- A spring.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.28

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTPURGEVALVE (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

PISTON

Indication

Purge
(to tank)

VALVE

Starting
pump
pressure

SPRING

2B1: Pump and metering


unit assembly

Indication

START
PURGE VALVE
(open)

HP pump
(stopped)
From
metering unit

START
PURGE VALVE
Indication

Low
pressure

Indication

START
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

Low
pressure

From
metering unit

Indication

Indication

HP pump
(driven)

HP pump
(driven)
2B: Pump and metering
unit assembly

FUEL SYSTEM
PURGE
(before engine start)

2B: NORMAL
OPERATION

2B1: NORMAL
OPERATION

START PURGE VALVE (2B-2B1)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.29

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

START
PURGE VALVE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Operation

Function
The start purge valve permits a purge of air from the fuel system
before engine start.

Position
- In the system: between the filter and the return line to the
fuel tank
- On the engine: on the upper part of the pump and metering
unit assembly.

As soon as the engine starts to rotate, the LP pump sends fuel


into the system.
The fuel passes through the filter and, initially, the start purge
valve opens, returning the fuel to the tank.
After a few seconds, the low pressure fuel supply acts on the
closing piston and closes the start purge valve.
Note: In association with the liquid-ring pump, this purge valve
uses the low fuel pressure to allow more efficient priming
of the system.

Main characteristics
- Type: two pistons controlled by two springs.

Description
The start purge valve includes:
- A valve
- Two pistons
- Two springs.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.30

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTPURGEVALVE (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CLOSING
PISTON

START
PURGE VALVE

START
PURGE VALVE

Purge
(to tank)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPRINGS

OPENING
PISTON
START
PURGE VALVE
(open)

Low
pressure

START
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

Low
pressure

To HP
pump
Pump and metering
unit assembly

FUEL SYSTEM
PURGE

NORMAL
OPERATION

START PURGE VALVE (2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.31

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Description

Function

- Constant P valve

The metering unit controls the fuel flow in automatic mode in


response to signals from the EECU.

- Additional check valve

In the event of control system failure, it permits fuel flow control


in manual mode.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - GENERAL (2B)

- Automatic control system


- Manual control system.

Position
- In the system: downstream of the HP pump
- On the engine: at the front part of the pump and metering
unit assembly.

Main characteristics
- Automatic control by a stepper motor driving a metering
needle and a position transmitter
- Manual control by a mechanical unit.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.32

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Automatic control by a stepper motor driving a


metering needle and a position transmitter
Manual control by a mechanical unit

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
MANUAL CONTROL
(connection with
the twist grip)
CONSTANT
P VALVE

To fuel valves
assembly

Return to
LP pump outlet
Low
pressure

MANUAL
CONTROL

METERING
NEEDLE
POSITION
TRANSMITTER

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

STEPPER
MOTOR

HP pump

METERING UNIT - GENERAL (2B)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.33

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

The twist grip and manual system are in the "neutral" notch.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM


(NORMAL OPERATION) (2B)

The metering needle position is controlled by the stepper


motor.
When the EECU commands a fuel flow increase or decrease
the stepper motor rotates and through the rack and pinion
mechanism, drives the metering needle control lever. The
metering needle has a rack and pinion mechanism which drives
the position transmitter which povides a metering needle position
signal (XMV) to the EECU.
The constant P valve returns the excess fuel to the LP pump
outlet and maintains a constant P across the metering needle.
Thus fuel flow is only a function of metering needle position,
unaffected by change of P.
During shut-down the metering needle is moved to the closed
position by the EECU.
During starting, the metering needle is positioned to permit
engagement of the manual control.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.34

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

CONSTANT
P VALVE

AUTOMATIC CONTROL
SYSTEM
(normal operation)

To fuel valves
assembly

Fuel return
to LP pump
outlet

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

Fuel
inlet
N

To fuel valves
assembly

MANUAL
CONTROL

P3

MANUAL
CONTROL

METERING
NEEDLE
CONTROL LEVER

+
STEPPER
MOTOR

CONSTANT
P VALVE

METERING
NEEDLE

METERING NEEDLE
POSITION TRANSMITTER
(XMV to EECU)

Fuel
inlet

Fuel return
to LP pump outlet

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM (NORMAL OPERATION) (2B)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.35

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING
NEEDLE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Fuel flow increase demand


The stepper motor is " frozen ". The lower part of the metering
needle control lever is then fixed and acts as a pivot.
When the manual control (twist grip) is moved, the acceleration
controller lever engages on the metering needle control lever.
The metering needle moves according to the manual control
until it reaches the P3 capsule stop.
This provides an instant step of fuel flow increase caused by
the opening of the metering needle.
Should the manual control continue to move, the metering
needle control lever would temporarily declutch.
The metering needle opening is afterwards controlled by the
capsule compression caused by the progressive increase of
the P3 air pressure.

Fuel flow decrease demand


The manual control is moved in the closing direction (minus
range).
The metering needle control lever is pushed by the manual
control.
The metering needle is moved to close until it reaches the low
stop.
In the case of sudden manual control movement to close, the
load limiter reduces the load on the metering unit assembly
internal mechanism.

Manual engine shut-down


The engine can be shut-down by pulling the selector from "OFFIDLE-FLIGHT" to "OFF".

Thus, the fuel flow required is obtained without surge or


exceeding the limits.
The accerelation ends when the P3 capsule reaches its maximum
compression or when the metering needle control lever comes
into contact with the manual control lever (whichever occurs first).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.36

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM(2B)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

CONSTANT
P VALVE

MANUAL
CONTROL SYSTEM
fuel flow increase
fuel flow decrease

To fuel valves
assembly

Fuel return
to LP pump
outlet

MICROSWITCH
(neutral position signal
to EECU)
Fuel
inlet

MANUAL
CONTROL

OPENING
MANUAL CONTROL +
CLOSING
Load
limiter

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

ACCELERATION
CONTROLLER

To fuel
valves
assembly
P3
Low stop

METERING
NEEDLE
CONTROL LEVER

CONSTANT
P VALVE

METERING
NEEDLE
METERING NEEDLE
POSITION TRANSMITTER
(XMV to EECU)

Fuel
inlet

Fuel return
to LP pump outlet

METERING UNIT - MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM (2B)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.37

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING
NEEDLE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Mixed mode

Forced idle mode

If, during normal operation in automatic mode, the manual


control is moved out of the neutral notch by the pilot:

To permit autorotation training, a microswitch (forced idle) is


operated at the end of movement of the twist grip in the flow
decrease direction. When this switch is made its output to the
EECU causes the software to decelerate the engine to idle
(67% N1). The engine no longer supplies power to the aircraft
transmission and autorotation is possible. Return to normal
flight power is made as soon as the twist grip is moved off the
minimum stop and the microswitch opens.

- The neutral notch microswitch sends a signal to the electronic


control unit
- The electronic control unit outputs an indication to the
cockpit.
The position of the metering needle is still determined by the
electronic control unit.
Movements of the metering needle by the manual control are
immediately compensated by the stepper motor.
Note: In the event that the stepper motor reaches its mechanical
stops, further movement of the manual control would
be excessive and will not be compensated.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.38

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - FORCED IDLE MODE - MIXED


MODE (2B)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONSTANT
P VALVE

METERING
NEEDLE

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

FORCED IDLE MODE


MIXED MODE
(flow reduction movement
example)

To fuel valves
assembly

Fuel return
to LP pump
outlet

Step 1

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

Fuel
inlet

Step 2

MICROSWITCH
(neutral position signal
to EECU)
MANUAL
CONTROL

ACCELERATION
CONTROLLER
To fuel
valves
assembly

P3

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

MANUAL
CONTROL

N
FORCED IDLE
MICROSWITCH

LOAD
LIMITER

STEPPER
MOTOR
2

CONSTANT
P VALVE

METERING
NEEDLE

METERING NEEDLE
POSITION TRANSMITTER
(XMV to EECU)

Fuel
inlet

Fuel return
to LP pump outlet

METERING UNIT - FORCED IDLE MODE - MIXED MODE (2B)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.39

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


Description

Function

- Constant P valve

The metering unit controls the fuel flow in automatic mode in


response to signals from the EECU.

- Automatic back-up control system

In the event of control system failure, it permits fuel flow control


in automatic back-up mode.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - GENERAL (2B1-2D)

- Additional check valve


- Automatic control system.

Position
- In the system: downstream of the HP pump
- On the engine: at the front part of the pump and metering
unit assembly.

Main characteristics
- Automatic control by a stepper motor driving a metering
needle and a position transmitter
- Back-up control by an automatic unit driving a by-pass
valve.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.40

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Automatic control by a stepper motor driving a


metering needle and a postion transmitter
Manual control by a mechanical unit

METERING
NEEDLE

2B1
POSITION
TRANSMITTER

STEPPER
MOTOR

CONSTANT
P VALVE
ASSEMBLY

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL

CONSTANT
P VALVE

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

To fuel valves
assembly

Return to
LP pump outlet
AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

Low
pressure

2D
STEPPER
MOTOR

POSITION
TRANSMITTER

Start purge
valve
HP pump

METERING UNIT - GENERAL (2B1-2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.41

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Forced idle mode

Normal operation

To permit autorotation training, a microswitch (forced idle) is


operated at the end of movement of the twist grip to the idle
position. When this switch is closed its output to the EECU causes
the software to decelerate the engine to idle (67% N1).

In normal operation, the by-pass valve is closed to by-pass


and fully open to metering needle supply. This is the neutral
position.

The electronic control unit sends a signal to the cockpit.

The metering needle position is controlled by the stepper


motor.

The engine no longer supplies power to the aircraft transmission


and autorotation is possible.

When the EECU commands a fuel flow increase or decrease


the stepper motor rotates and through the rack and pinion
mechanism, drives the metering needle. The metering needle
has a rack and pinion mechanism which drives the position
transmitter which povides a metering needle position signal
(XMV) to the EECU.

Return to normal flight power is made as soon as the twist grip


is moved off the microswitch.

The constant P valve returns the excess fuel to the LP pump


outlet and maintains a constant pressure drop across the
metering needle. Thus fuel flow is only a function of metering
needle position, unaffected by changes of P.
2D: The constant P valve is double.
During shut-down the metering needle is moved to the closed
position by the EECU.
Note: NPS: Neutral position switch

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.42

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC CONTROL


SYSTEM(2B1-2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

CONSTANT
P VALVE

To fuel valves
assembly

Fuel return
to LP pump
outlet
AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL
FORCED IDLE
MICROSWITCH

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL SYSTEM

METERING
NEEDLE

METERING
NEEDLE
DUAL
STEPPER
MOTOR

Fuel
inlet

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
To fuel
valves
assembly

Forced idle
control

BY-PASS
VALVE
XMV

EECU

METERING NEEDLE
POSITION
TRANSMITTER
CONSTANT
P VALVE

N2

ELECTRICAL
CONTROL UNIT
(EBCAU)
ELECTRICAL
ACTUATOR
AIRFRAME

ENGINE

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

Fuel
inlet

Fuel return to
LP pump outlet

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM (2B1-2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.43

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

The automatic back-up control system includes an electrical


control unit (EBCAU) in the aircraft and an electrical actuator
fitted on the pump and metering unit assembly linked to a
metering needle by-pass valve.
In the unlikely event of a total EECU failure, the stepper motor
will be frozen.
The EBCAU will maintain N2 at 100% with the electrical actuator
and the by-pass valve.
If the N2 decreases, it will command the actuator to open the
by-pass thus permitting an increased fuel flow in by-pass of
the metering needle.
If the N2 increases, the control unit will command the actuator
to rotate the by-pass valve in the opposite direction. This will
reduce the flow to the main metering needle without opening
the by-pass.

Note 1: There is a microswitch on the actuator which provides


a neutral position indication to the EECU.
Note 2: The EBCAU (Engine Back-up Control Auxiliary Unit)
and the electrical actuator are supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer.

Automatic back-up test procedure


On the EC 130, a periodic test of the automatic back-up control
system must be carried out.
This procedure is described in the flight manual and requires
selection of "TEST" mode to test the system during a ground run.
Note: The operating procedures are considered for training
purposes only. Refer to the aircraft manual.

The rate of engine acceleration and deceleration is a function


of the speed of movement of the actuator which is designed to
avoid the possibility of surge or flame-out.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.44

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC BACK-UP CONTROL


SYSTEM (2B1-2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE

CONSTANT
P VALVE

EBCAU "Test"
button

AUTOMATIC BACK-UP
CONTROL SYSTEM

EBCAU TEST
NFT

To fuel valves
assembly

Fuel return
to LP pump
outlet

TEST

- ON
- OFF

TRIM

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP TEST

AUTOMATIC
CONTROL

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP
CONTROL

2B1

METERING
NEEDLE

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
To fuel
valves
assembly

DUAL
STEPPER
MOTOR

Fuel
inlet

METERING NEEDLE
POSITION
TRANSMITTER

EECU

CONSTANT
P VALVE
N2

ELECTRICAL
CONTROL UNIT
(EBCAU)
ELECTRICAL
ACTUATOR
AIRFRAME

+
-

ENGINE

NEUTRAL
POSITION
SWITCH

Fuel
inlet

BY-PASS
VALVE
Fuel return
to LP pump outlet

METERING UNIT - AUTOMATIC BACK-UP CONTROL SYSTEM (2B1-2D)

PUMP AND METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.45

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

BY-PASS
VALVE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


Start electro-valve

Function
The fuel valves assembly distributes the fuel to the injection
system.

This valve allows either fuel or air to flow to the start injectors.
It is a 3-way, mono-stable valve. It consists of a solenoid which
controls a double valve. The three ways are: the fuel inlet, the
air inlet and the outlet to the injectors.

Stop electro-valve

Position
- In the system: between the metering unit and the injection
system
- On the engine: on a support at the upper part of the centrifugal
compressor casing.

Main characteristics
- Assembly which comprises electro-valves and
hydromechanical valves
- Setting of the pressurising valve: 300 kPa (43.5 PSI)

This valve controls the fuel flow to the injection system. It is a


bi-stable type valve and consists of a solenoid with two coils
(open and close) and a two position valve.

Pressurising valve
During starting this valve ensures priority of flow to the start
injectors. It is a ball valve which is spring-loaded closed.

Stop purge valve


The valve purges the centrifugal injection wheel during engine
shut-down to prevent carbonisation of residual fuel. It is a double
differential valve actuated by fuel pressure and a spring.

- Setting of the stop purge valve: 1300 kPa (188.5 PSI).

Description
This assembly includes the start electro-valve, the stop electrovalve, the pressurising valve and the stop purge valve (injection
wheel purge).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.46

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION (2B-2B1)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

STOP
ELECTRO-VALVE

Fuel valves assembly:


- Electro-valves
- Hydromechanical valves
Pressurising valve setting:
300 kPa (43.5 PSI)
FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

PRESSURISING
STOP
VALVE
PURGE VALVE
PRESSURISING
VALVE

Stop purge valve setting:


1300 kPa (188.5 PSI)

Purge
(to tank)
From
metering unit
STOP
ELECTRO-VALVE

P3

Fuel
injection
system

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

PRESENTATION (2B-2B1)

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.47

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


The following phases are considered: starting, normal running
and shut-down.

Shut-down - Injection wheel purge


When Stop is selected:
- The stop electro-valve is energised and closes

Starting
When start is selected, the start electro-valve and the stop
electro-valve are electrically supplied. The valves open and
permit the fuel supply to the start injectors.
When there is sufficient fuel pressure (300 kPa / 43.5 PSI),
the pressurising valve opens and fuel flows to the centrifugal
injection wheel.
When the engine reaches self-sustaining speed (approx.
45%N1) the electrical supply to the start electro-valve is cut.
The valve closes the fuel supply and opens the P3 air supply
to ventilate the start injectors.

- The pressurising valve closes


- The injection wheel is no longer supplied with fuel
- The engine shuts-down
- The sudden but brief pressure rise, upstream of the stop
electro-valve, causes the stop purge valve to temporarily
open against its spring. The residual fuel is then returned
to the tank.
As the fuel pressure decreases, the stop purge valve closes
under the action of its spring.

Normal running
In this condition the fuel is supplied to the centrifugal injection
wheel and the start injectors are still ventilated with P3 air.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.48

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OPERATION (2B-2B1)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Pressurising
valve

Stop
electro-valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Stop
purge
valve

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Fuel
injection
system

Start
electro-valve

INITIAL PHASE OF STARTING

ENGINE STOPPED

ACCELERATION UP TO
SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED

P3

P3

P3

SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED, NORMAL RUNNING

P3

SHUT-DOWN - INJECTION WHEEL PURGE

OPERATION (2B-2B1)

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.49

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Start electro-valve

Function
The fuel valves assembly distributes the fuel to the injection
system.

This valve allows fuel to flow to the start injectors. It is a 2-way,


mono-stable valve and consists of a solenoid which controls
a double valve. The two ways are: the fuel inlet and the fuel
outlet to the start injectors.

Position

Stop electro-valve

- In the system: between the metering unit and the injection


system

This valve controls the fuel flow to the injection system. It is a


bi-stable type valve and consists of a solenoid with two coils
(open and close) and a two position valve.

- On the engine: on a support at the upper part of the centrifugal


compressor casing.

Pressurising valve

Main characteristics

During starting this valve ensures priority of flow to the start


injectors. It is a ball valve which is spring-loaded closed.

- Assembly which comprises electro-valves and


hydromechanical valves

Stop purge valve

- Setting of the stop purge valve: 1300 kPa (188.5 PSI)

The valve purges the centrifugal injection wheel during engine


shut-down to prevent carbonisation of residual fuel. It is a ball
valve which is spring loaded closed.

- Setting of the start injectors purge valve: 40 kPa (5.8 PSI).

Start injectors purge valve

Description

This assembly includes a non-return valve and a free ball valve.


It ensures the starting injectors purge by the P3 air pressure.

- Setting of the pressurising valve: 360 kPa (52.2 PSI)

This assembly includes the start electro-valve, the stop electrovalve, the pressurising valve and the stop purge valve (injection
wheel purge).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.50

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION (2D)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
STOP
PURGE VALVE

PRESSURISING
VALVE

Fuel valves assembly:


- Electro-valves
- Hydromechanical valves
Pressurising valve setting:
360 kPa (52.2 PSI)
Stop purge valve setting:
1300 kPa (188.5 PSI)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

Start injectors purge valve setting:


40 kPa (5.8 PSI)

Stop
purge valve

Stop
Pressurising
electro-valve
valve
Engine
fuel inlet
union

Purge
(to tank)
FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

Centrifugal
wheel

START INJECTORS
PURGE VALVE
FUEL
INJECTION
SYSTEM

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

Start
electro-valve

Start
injectors
Combustion
chamber
drain valve

START
INJECTORS
PURGE
VALVE
P3

PRESENTATION (2D)

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.51

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STOP
ELECTRO-VALVE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


The following phases are considered: starting, normal running
and shut-down.

Shut-down - Injection wheel purge


When Stop is selected:
- The stop electro-valve is energised and closes

Starting
When start is selected, the start electro-valve and the stop
electro-valve are electrically supplied. The valves open and
permit the fuel supply to the start injectors.
When there is sufficient fuel pressure (360 kPa / 52.2 PSI),
the pressurising valve opens and fuel flows to the centrifugal
injection wheel.
When the engine speed reaches 61% of N1, the electrical
supply to the start electro-valve is cut off. The valve closes the
fuel supply to the start injectors.

- The pressurising valve closes


- The injection wheel is no longer supplied with fuel
- The engine shuts-down
- The sudden but brief pressure rise, upstream of the stop
electro-valve, causes the stop purge valve to temporarily
open against its spring. The residual fuel is then returned to
the tank.
As the fuel pressure decreases, the stop purge valve closes
under the action of its spring.

The start injectors purge valve opens to vent the start injectors
with P3 air.
The start purge valve opens to vent the start injectors by P3
air.

Normal running
In this condition the fuel is supplied to the centrifugal injection
wheel and the start injectors are still ventilated with P3 air.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.52

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OPERATION (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
Pressurising
valve

Stop
electro-valve
Start
electro-valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Stop purge
valve

Fuel
injection
system

Start injectors
purge valve

ACCELERATION UP TO
APPROX. 61% N1

INITIAL PHASE OF STARTING

ENGINE STOPPED

P3

P3

P3

P3

APPROX. 61% N1, NORMAL RUNNING

SHUT-DOWN - INJECTION WHEEL PURGE

OPERATION (2D)

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.53

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

START INJECTORS
- Filter
- Nut

The two start injectors spray fuel into the combustion chamber
during engine starting.

- Jet

Position

They are secured by two bolts onto bosses with seals and
spacers to prevent leaks and adjust the depth of penetration
into the combustion chamber.

- In the system: downstream of the start electro-valve


- On the engine: on the upper half of the turbine casing at 2
o'clock and 10 o'clock

- Shroud.

Operation
Starting

- They penetrate into the mixer unit.

During starting the injectors are supplied with fuel.

Main characteristics
- Type: simple injector

The fuel is atomised and is ignited by the sparks from the igniter
plugs. The flame thus produced, ignites the fuel sprayed by the
centrifugal injection wheel.

- Quantity: 2

Normal running

- Ventilation: by air flow.

When the engine reaches self-sustaining speed (approx. 45%)


the fuel supply to the injectors is shut off.

Main components

P3 air is then blown through the injectors to avoid carbonisation


of the residual fuel.

- Injector body
- Fuel inlet (threaded to receive a union)
- Spacers and seals (depth adjustment)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

It should be noted that ventilation is continuous during engine


running.
2D: The fuel supply to the start injectors is cut off at the end of
the starting sequence (approx. 61% of N1).

Edition: February 2012

6.54

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Quantity:
2
Ventilation:
By air flow

Ignition plug
sparks
From
metering unit
2B/2B1

SPRAYING
JET

INJECTOR

Fuel
inlet

Start
electro-valve
(open)

Fuel inlet
from fuel
valves assembly
START
INJECTOR
SPACERS AND
SEALS
SHROUD

NUT

FILTER

2B/2B1

JET
Airflow
direction

SUPPLY TO
START
INJECTORS
STARTING
2D

From
metering unit

Start
electro-valve
(in ventilation position)

START INJECTORS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

2D
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Simple injector

Edition: February 2012

P3

P3

VENTILATION
OF START
INJECTORS
NORMAL RUNNING
(2B-2B1: 45% of N1; 2D: 61% of N1)

6.55

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM

The main injection system sprays fuel into the combustion


chamber to give stable and efficient combustion.

Position
- In the system: downstream of the fuel valves assembly
- On the engine: inside the combustion chamber. The injection
wheel is mounted between the centrifugal compressor and
the turbine shaft.

The restrictor is used to increase the union upstream pressure


thus to improve the pump and metering unit assembly P valve
operation.
The leak test plug helps to check the internal sealing of the
union (there should not be any leak).

Internal supply pipe


This pipe connects the inlet union to the fuel distributor.

Centrifugal injection assembly

- Radial fuel supply.

This assembly consists of a stationary distributor and an injection


wheel. The distributor is drilled with holes which deliver the
fuel to the wheel. The injection wheel, mounted between the
compressor and the turbine shaft, is drilled with holes which
form the fuel spraying jets. Sealing between the distributor and
the wheel is achieved by pressurised labyrinth seals.

Description

Operation

The main injection system comprises the combustion chamber


fuel inlet union, the internal supply pipe and the centrifugal
injection assembly.

As the centrifugal injection wheel is rotating at high speed (N1)


the fuel is centrifuged out through the radial holes and is sprayed
between the two swirl plates.

Combustion chamber fuel inlet union

It should be noted that the injection pressure is supplied by the


centrifugal force and therefore the fuel system does not require
very high pressures.

Main characteristics
- Type: centrifugal injection

The union ensures transfer of the fuel from the external pipe to
the internal supply pipe.
Fitted at the lower right front face of the compressor casing, it
has a restrictor and a leak test plug.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The injection wheel fuel chamber is sealed by pressurised


labyrinth seals. There is a small air flow into the fuel chamber.
During shut-down the fuel remaining in the system is purged
via the fuel valves assembly.

Edition: February 2012

6.56

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Radial fuel supply

From
metering unit

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
CENTRIFUGAL
INJECTION WHEEL
(with spraying jets)

Pressurising
valve

Fuel spraying
into the
combustion
chamber

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
FUEL INLET UNION

DISTRIBUTOR
INTERNAL
SUPPLY PIPE
DISTRIBUTOR
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
FUEL INLET UNION

Fuel
inlet
Restrictor

O'ring
seals

Leak test Copper


seal
plug

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
FUEL INLET UNION

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

INTERNAL
SUPPLY PIPE

Edition: February 2012

6.57

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Centrifugal injection

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

The valve drains overboard any unburnt fuel remaining in the


combustion chamber.

The valve has two positions: open and closed.

Position

When the engine is not running and at the beginning of start,


the valve is held open by the action of the spring.

- On the engine: at the bottom of the turbine casing.

"Open" position

- Type: piston valve

Any unburnt fuel in the combustion chamber will drain through


the valve overboard to the drain system. This ensures that no
fuel accumulates in the combustion chamber which could cause
starting problems (e.g.: overtemperature).

- Setting: closing threshold as a function of N1 and P0.

"Closed" position

Description

As the engine starts the P3 combustion chamber pressure


increases. This pressure is felt on the upper surface of the valve
which moves down to close the drain.

Main characteristics

The drain valve includes the following components:


- A copper seal

The valve closes during starting when the P3 pressure reaches


a given threshold as a function of N1 and P0.

- A piston valve held open by a spring


- An outlet union which connects to the drain system.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.58

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPRING
(keeping the
valve open)

COPPER
SEAL

PISTON
VALVE

Type:
Piston valve
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE

Setting:
Closing threshold as a function of N1 and P0

Fuel
injection
system

OUTLET
UNION
Unburnt
fuel

Valve
open

DRAIN
VALVE

Turbine
casing

Valve
closed

To drain
system
"OPEN" POSITION

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

P3 air
pressure

"CLOSED" POSITION

6.59

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


- The LP and HP pumps do not operate and there is no pressure
in the system
- The constant P valve is closed

2B: At each power-up, after the initialization phase, the metering


needle is positioned to permit the engagement of the manual
control should this be necessary. The closing coil of the
stop electro-valve is energised.
2B1: At each power-up, after the initialization phase, the
metering needle is set to a "basic" fuel flow position in
order to ensure a correct ignition in combustion chamber
and the closing coil of the stop electro-valve is energised.

- The stop electro-valve is closed


- The pressurising valve is closed
- The additional check valve is closed
- The start purge valve is closed
- The stop purge valve is closed
- The start electro-valve is in the ventilation position (no electrical
supply)
- The combustion chamber drain valve is open.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.60

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-START

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

PRESSURISING
STOP
VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVE
(closed)
(closed)

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
(closed)
CONSTANT
P VALVE
(closed)

Indication

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
(in ventilation position)

Indication

LP PUMP
(stopped)

HP PUMP
(stopped)

START
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE
(open)

Restrictor

PRE-START

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.61

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STOP
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


Before starting, the starting pump is switched on. The low
pressure fuel flows through the LP pump and filter, and is
returned to the tank through the start purge valve.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL SYSTEM PURGE

This purge must be carried out before each start, for 15 to 20


sec.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.62

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
STARTING PUMP PRESSURE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Restrictor

Indication

Purge
(to tank)
LP PUMP
(stopped)
Indication

Fuel inlet
(starting pump pressure)

HP PUMP
(stopped)

START PURGE
VALVE
(open)

FUEL SYSTEM PURGE

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.63

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


When start is selected, the start accessories are electrically
supplied. The stop electro-valve opens and the start electrovalve moves to its "fuel supply" position.

Note: The combustion chamber drain valve closes during


starting when the pressure reaches a given threshold
as a function of N1 and P0.
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING

The pumps are driven at a speed proportional to N1.


The fuel flow is metered by the metering unit according to control
laws determined by the Engine Electronic Control Unit.
The additional check valve ensures the operation of the constant
P valve when the HP pump pressure is very low. It increases
the HP fuel pressure during starting, particularly at altitude.
The start purge valve is closed by the metering unit outlet
pressure.
The constant P valve operates and returns the excess fuel to
the LP pump outlet.
The pressurising valve permits the supply to the start injectors
first, and then to the centrifugal wheel.
At the end of starting, the start accessories are de-energised.
The start electro valve closes and allows the ventilation of the
start injectors by P3 air.
The gas generator rotation speed is stabilised at a controlled
value.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.64

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

PRESSURISING
VALVE (open)

STARTING PUMP PRESSURE


HIGH PRESSURE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW PRESSURE

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
(supplied)

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
(open)

METERED FUEL
Restrictor

CONSTANT
P VALVE
(in control)

Indication

LP PUMP
(driven)
Indication

Fuel inlet

HP PUMP
(driven)

STOP
START
ELECTRO-VALVE
INJECTORS
(electrically supplied) (supplied)

START PURGE
VALVE
(closed)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
("fuel supply" position)

STARTING

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.65

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)

Normal running

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NORMAL RUNNING - BACK-UP CONTROL

The required fuel flow is metered by the metering needle. The


metering needle position is determined by the Engine Electronic
Control Unit.
The HP pump always supplies more fuel than the engine
requires. The excess fuel returns to the LP pump outlet through
the constant P valve.
The start injectors are continuously ventilated by P3 air
circulation.

Back-up control
2B: The manual control provides a back-up control of the
fuel flow.
B1: In the unlikely event of a total automatic control system
2
failure, a back-up control system will ensure the correct
fuel flow.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.66

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
LP PUMP SUCTION
LOW PRESSURE
HIGH PRESSURE

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
(supplied)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESSURISING
VALVE
(open)

2B1: AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP CONTROL
In the event of a control system failure,
an automatic back-up control system
will ensure the correct fuel flow.

METERED FUEL
P3 AIR
Restrictor
CONSTANT
P VALVE
(in control)

P3

Indication

START
INJECTORS
(ventilated)

Indication

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
(ventilation position)
2B: MANUAL CONTROL

Fuel inlet

The manual control provides a back-up control of


the fuel flow in case of a control system failure.

NORMAL RUNNING - BACK-UP CONTROL

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.67

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


The engine stop selection electrically supplies the stop electrovalve to close. The fuel pressure drops, the pressurising valve
closes. The fuel supply to the injection wheel is cut and the
engine stops.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SHUT-DOWN

The stop purge valve opens briefly to drain the fuel from the
injection line to the tank.
The EECU controls the closing of the stepper motor.
Note: The electrical signal to the stepper motor is delayed
in order to detect a failure to close of the stop electrovalve.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.68

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
STOP
PURGE VALVE
(open)

STOP
PRESSURISING
ELECTRO-VALVE
VALVE
(electrically supplied)
(closed)

Momentary purge
(to tank)
P3

P3

Indication

P3

Combustion
chamber
drain valve
(open)

Indication

The electrical signal to the stepper motor is


delayed in order to detect a failure to close
of the stop electro-valve.

To drain
collector

SHUT-DOWN

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2B-2B1)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.69

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Restrictor

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


- The LP and HP pumps do not operate and there is no pressure
in the system

Note: At each power-up, after the initialization phase, the


metering needle is set to a "basic" fuel flow position in
order to ensure a correct ignition in combustion chamber.

- The constant P valve assembly is closed


- The stop electro-valve is closed
- The pressurising valve is closed
- The additional check valve is closed
- The start purge valve is closed
- The stop purge valve is closed
- The start electro-valve is closed
- The start injectors purge valve is closed
- The combustion chamber drain valve is open.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.70

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-START

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CONSTANT
P VALVE
ASSEMBLY
(closed)

PRESSURISING
STOP
VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVE
(closed)
(closed)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STOP
PURGE VALVE
(closed)
ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
(closed)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
(closed)

LP PUMP
(stopped)

HP PUMP
(stopped)

START
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

START INJECTORS
PURGE VALVE
(closed)
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE
(open)
Restrictor

PRE-START

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.71

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


As soon as the engine starts to rotate, the LP pump sends fuel
into the system.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUEL SYSTEM PURGE

The fuel passes through the filter and, initially, the start purge
valve opens, returning the fuel to the tank.
After a few seconds, the low pressure fuel supply acts on the
close piston and closes the start purge valve.
Note: Compared to the ARRIEL 2B-2B1 engine variants, the
closing of the start purge valve is controlled by low fuel
pressure. This device improves self-priming of the fuel
system.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.72

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
LP PUMP SUCTION
Restrictor

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW PRESSURE

Purge
(to tank)

Fuel
inlet

LP PUMP

HP PUMP

START PURGE
VALVE
(open)

FUEL SYSTEM PURGE

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.73

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


When start is selected, the start accessories are electrically
supplied. The stop electro-valve and start electro-valve open.
The pumps are driven at a speed proportional to N1.

The gas generator rotation speed is stabilised at a controlled


value.
Note: The combustion chamber drain valve closes during
starting when the pressure reaches a given threshold
as a function of N1 and P0.

The fuel flow is metered by the metering unit according to control


laws determined by the Engine Electronic Control Unit.
The additional check valve ensures the operation of the constant
P valve when the HP pump pressure is very low. It increases
the HP fuel pressure during starting, particularly at altitude.
The constant P valve operates and returns the excess fuel
to the LP pump outlet. If the main P valve fails, the auxiliary
P operates.
The pressurising valve permits the supply to the start injectors
first, and then to the centrifugal wheel.
When N1 > 30% and T4.5 > 400C, the electrical supply to the
ignition system is cut off, so the system no longer produces
sparks. Above 61% of N1, the electrical supply to the starter
and start electro-valve is cut off. The start electro-valve closes
and cuts off the fuel supply to the start injectors.
The P3 air pressure opens the start injectors purge valve and
allows the ventilation of the start injectors by P3 air.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.74

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

STOP
PURGE VALVE
(closed)

LP PUMP SUCTION
HIGH PRESSURE
METERED FUEL
CONSTANT
P VALVE
ASSEMBLY
(in control)

Restrictor

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
(open)

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
(supplied)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
(electrically supplied)

START INJECTORS
PURGE VALVE
(open)

Fuel
inlet

LP PUMP
(driven)

HP PUMP
(driven)

START PURGE
VALVE
(closed)

START
INJECTORS
(supplied)

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE
(closed)

STARTING

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.75

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW PRESSURE

PRESSURISING
STOP
VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVE
(open)
(electrically supplied)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)

Normal running

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NORMAL RUNNING - BACK-UP CONTROL

The required fuel flow is metered by the metering needle. The


metering needle position is determined by the Engine Electronic
Control Unit.
The HP pump always supplies more fuel than the engine
requires. The excess fuel returns to the LP pump outlet through
the constant P valve.
The start injectors are continuously ventilated by P3 air
circulation.

Back-up control
In the event of a control system failure, an automatic back-up
control system will ensure the correct fuel flow.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.76

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

HIGH PRESSURE
METERED FUEL
CONSTANT
P VALVE
ASSEMBLY
(in control)

Restrictor

In the event of a control system failure,


an automatic back-up control system
will ensure the correct fuel flow.

ADDITIONAL
CHECK VALVE
(open)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE
(closed)

START INJECTORS
PURGE VALVE
(in ventilation position)

Fuel
inlet

LP PUMP
(driven)

CENTRIFUGAL
WHEEL
(supplied)

P3

START
INJECTORS
(ventilated)

HP PUMP
(driven)

NORMAL RUNNING - BACK-UP CONTROL

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.77

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LOW PRESSURE

P3 AIR

PRESSURISING
VALVE
(open)

AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP CONTROL

LP PUMP SUCTION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


The engine stop selection electrically supplies the stop electrovalve to close. The fuel pressure drops, the pressurising valve
closes. The fuel supply to the injection wheel is cut and the
engine stops.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SHUT-DOWN

The stop purge valve opens briefly to drain the fuel from the
injection line to the tank.
The EECU controls the closing of the stepper motor.
Note: The electrical signal to the stepper motor is delayed
in order to detect a failure to close of the stop electrovalve.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.78

FUEL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
PRESSURISING
STOP
VALVE
ELECTRO-VALVE
(closed)
(electrically supplied)
Momentary purge
(to tank)
P3

P3

START INJECTORS
PURGE VALVE
(in ventilation position)

The electrical signal to the stepper motor is


delayed in order to detect a failure to close
of the stop electro-valve.

P3

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
DRAIN VALVE
(open)

To drain
collector

SHUT-DOWN

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.79

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Restrictor

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL FUEL PIPES

The fuel pipes ensure the circulation of fuel between the


components of the system.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Main characteristics
- Type of pipes: rigid, stainless steel
- Type of unions: standard.

Main pipes
- Fuel inlet from aircraft fuel system to LP pump (aircraft
manufacturer's supply)
- From LP pump to oil filter (heat exchanger)
- From oil filter to fuel filter
- From pump and metering unit assembly to fuel valves
assembly
- From valve assembly to start injectors (x 2)
- From fuel valves assembly and pump and metering unit
assembly to tank (injection wheel and start purge valve)
- From fuel valves assembly to injection wheel
- From fuel pump drive drain to drain collector.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.80

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY / LEFT
START INJECTOR

OIL FILTER /
FUEL FILTER

2B/2B1
Indication

Indication

2D
FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY / RIGHT
START INJECTOR

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY / INJECTION
WHEEL
START
PURGE OUTLET

Drain
collector

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER DRAIN

PUMP AND METERING


UNIT ASSEMBLY /
FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY
Type of pipes:
Rigid, stainless steel
Type of unions:
Standard

Fuel
inlet

FUEL VALVES ASSEMBLY / PUMP AND


METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY /
FUEL TANK (injection wheel and
start purge valve)

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER DRAIN

EXTERNAL FUEL PIPES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

FUEL PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN /
DRAIN COLLECTOR

6.81

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LP PUMP /
OIL FILTER
(heat exchanger)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.82

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


- Check the oil system
Check the visual blockage indicator of the fuel filter

- Injection wheel
Permeability inspection
- Pump and metering unit assembly
Replacement
- Pre-blockage pressure switch of the fuel
filter
Test
- Low pressure switch
Tests
- Turbine casing drain valve
Tests
- Fuel system purge line components
Check

Chap. 72
Chap. 73
Chap. 73
Chap. 73
Chap. 71
Chap. 72

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Fuel filtering element
Replacement

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

- Fuel valves assembly


Tightening check
- Turbine casing drain valve
Check and inspection
- Pump and metering unit assembly
Inspection
- Jet union
Test

Chap. 73
Chap. 70
Chap. 71
Chap. 73
Chap. 72

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.83

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.84

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Turbine casing drain valve
Tests
- Injection wheel
Permeability inspection

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Start injector purge valve of adjusted
assembly
Check

Chap. 73

- Constant P valve
Inspection (including membrane
replacement and functional test of
auxiliary valve)
Note: Remove HMU and send it back to a
Turbomeca-approved Repair Centre

Chap. 73

- Module 03
Checking of fluids discharged during
injection wheel bleeding and checking
of fluids discharged in tank fuel return
pipe
- Fuel pressure transmitter
Functional test
- Fuel pressure and temperature transmitter
Functional test
- Fuel filtering element
Replacement

Chap. 71
Chap. 72

Chap. 73
Chap. 73
Chap. 73
Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.85

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.86

FUEL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
- Start injectors and igniter plugs
Adjustment

Chap. 72

- Fuel system
Procedure in case of external leak

Chap. 73

- Fuel valves assembly


Removal / installation
Inspection
Tests

Chap. 73

- Start electro-valve
Removal / Installation
Sealing test

Chap. 73

- Stop electro-valve
Removal / installation

Chap. 73

- Tubes and the unions of the fuel system


Removal / installation

Chap. 73

- Pump and metering unit assembly


Removal / installation
Inspection
Tests

Chap. 73

- Pump and metering unit assembly


Start purge supply tube
Replacement of the seal
Fuel filtering element
Fuel filter visual blockage indicator
Fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch
Low fuel pressure switch

Chap. 73

- 2B-2B1: Pump and metering unit assembly


Fuel filter pre-blockage pressure switch
Low fuel pressure switch

Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

6.87

FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(non exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM
- Control system presentation ............................................................... 7.2
- Engine Electronic Control Unit (73-21-00) .......................................... 7.10
- Control system - Operation.................................................................. 7.14
- Control system - Indication and monitoring...................................... 7.30
- Control system - General operation.................................................... 7.40
- Control system - 1st line maintenance............................................... 7.42 - 7.51

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.1

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


Main components

Functions

- Engine Electronic Control Unit (EECU)

The system is designed to adapt the engine to the aircraft power


requirements whilst remaining within defined limits.

- Engine (engine and systems)

The main functions are:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

- Aircraft: various systems (control, indication, supply).

- Starting
- Speed control
- Various limits
- System monitoring and failure management
- Maintenance aid.

Main characteristics
- 2B: Single channel, digital, electronic control system
- 2B1-2D: Dual channel, digital, electronic control system
- Redundant electrical supply (from the aircraft and from the
engine alternator).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.2

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

2B:
Single channel, digital, electronic
control system

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

2B1-2D:
Dual channel, digital, electronic
control system
AIRCRAFT
(various systems)

ENGINE ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
(EECU)

- Redundant electrical supply (from the


aircraft and from the engine alternator)

MAIN FUNCTIONS
- Starting
- Speed control
- Various limits
- System monitoring and failure management
ENGINE
(engine and systems)

- Maintenance aid

GENERAL

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.3

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


The complete system includes aircraft components, engine
components and the EECU.

Aircraft components
- Switches, buttons, etc. (logic and analog signals)
- Indicators, warning lights, etc.
- EECU power supply
- Start and stop selection logic.

Engine components
- Hydromechanical components:
LP pump
Fuel filter
HP pump
Metering unit (with manual control)
Check valve
Start injection
Main injection system

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Electrical components:
Control system sensors
Indication system sensors
Dedicated alternator
Bleed valve position microswitch
Forced idle microswitch
Metering needle position transmitter
Stop electro-valve
Start electro-valve
Neutral position switch (NPS)
Ignition unit
Starter.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION (2B)

Engine Electronic Control Unit (EECU)


Computer which controls and monitors the engine.
- Digital, single channel
- Mounted in the aircraft
- Serial data link with the aircraft.

Edition: February 2012

7.4

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Fuel inlet

LP
PUMP

Start

Stop

Start accessory
control

ENGINE
FUEL
FILTER

HP
PUMP

Manual control
neutral position switch

CONTROL
SENSORS

ALTERNATOR
SUPPLY

Forced idle

INDICATION
SENSORS

Metering needle feedback

Firewall

A/C START AND STOP LOGIC

EECU

Metering needle control

AIRCRAFT

A/C 28 VDC
SUPPLY

Low fuel pressure indication

Filter pre-blockage indication

A/C CONTROLS AND


INSTRUMENTS

BLEED
VALVE

IGNITION
UNIT

STOP
ELECTROVALVE

METERING
UNIT

PRESSURISING
VALVE

STARTER

Main
injection

PUMP - METERING UNIT ASSEMBLY


MANUAL
CONTROL
(AIRCRAFT)

P3

FUEL VALVES
ASSEMBLY

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

Start
injection

P3

DESCRIPTION (2B)

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.5

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Stop

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


The complete system includes aircraft components, engine
components and the EECU.

Aircraft components
- Control components (logic and analog signals)
- Monitoring components (indicators, warning lights, ...)
- EECU power supply
- Start and stop selection logic
- Engine Back up Control Auxiliary Unit (EBCAU).

Engine components
- Hydromechanical components:
LP pump
Fuel filter
HP pump
Metering unit (with automatic back-up)
Check valve
Start injection
Main injection system

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Electrical components:
Control sensors
Indication sensors
Forced idle microswitch
Bleed valve position microswitch
Dedicated alternator
Metering needle position transmitter
Stepper motor
Stop electro-valve
Start electro-valve
Neutral position switch (NPS)
Electrical actuator
Ignition unit
Starter.

Engine Electronic Control Unit (EECU)


Computer which controls and monitors the engine.
- Digital, dual channel
- Mounted in the aircraft
- Serial data link with the aircraft.
Note: 2D: This engine comprises an engine data recorder
EDR (Engine Data Recorder) provided with an Ethernet
port.

Edition: February 2012

7.6

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION 1 (2B1-2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

INDICATION
SENSORS

A/C START AND STOP LOGIC

Start

CHANNEL
B

Stop

Start control

CHANNEL
A

2D: Filter status

Firewall

A/C 28 VDC
SUPPLY

EECU

EBCAU

2D: EDR

E
N
G
I
N
E

2B-2B1: Low fuel


pressure indication

2B-2B1: Fuel filter


pre-blockage
indication

Ethernet

A
I
R
C
R
A
F
T

A/C CONTROLS AND


INSTRUMENTS

BLEED
VALVE

CONTROL SENSORS

IGNITION
UNIT

STARTER

ALTERNATOR
A
B
POSITION
TRANSMITTER

Fuel
inlet

STEPPER MOTOR
LP
PUMP

FUEL
FILTER

HP
PUMP

METERING NEEDLE
ELECTRICAL
ACTUATOR

PUMP - METERING UNIT


ASSEMBLY

STOP
ELECTROVALVE

PRESSURISING
VALVE

Main
injection

NPS
FUEL
VALVES
ASSEMBLY

Forced idle

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

Start
injection

P3

DESCRIPTION 1 (2B1-2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.7

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Stop

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


The EECU has two independent channels A and B. Both channels
have the same software.

Channel selection

Analog inputs

2B1: A channel selector in the EECU will select which channel


will control the engine depending on the signals it receives
from the two channels. The normal channel is A. If it fails,
the system switches automatically to channel B.

The two channels receive the following analog inputs: P3, T4.5,
position transmitter signal, Torque, 2B-2B1: N2 trim, P0, T0,
collective pitch and conformation resistances Torque and T4.5.

2D: At each EECU power-up, a channel selector in the EECU


switches channels automatically. If the selected channel
fails, the system switches automatically to the other channel.

The inputs are shared between the two channels. The N1 and
N2 inputs are independent for each channel.

If both channels are unable to control the engine, the dual


stepper motor is frozen and the EBCAU automatically controls
the engine fuel flow.

There is a data link between the two channels.


This configuration ensures that if all the acquisitions on one
channel fail the acquisitions of the other channel are sufficient
to control the engine safely.
2D: There is one T4.5 measurement per channel. There is no
T4.5 direct to the instrument panel.

Discrete inputs and outputs


The discrete inputs are received and shared by the two channels
and the discrete outputs are controlled by the selected channel.
The resources of each channel receive their power supply from
the corresponding channel. The shared resources receive their
power supply from both channels.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.8

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DESCRIPTION 2 (2B1-2D)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EECU
POWER SUPPLY
CHANNEL A

ANALOG
INPUTS
CHANNEL A

SPEED
MEASUREMENT
N1, N2

STEPPER
MOTOR
A

CHANNEL
A

DISCRETE
INPUTS

INTER CHANNEL
DATA LINK

CHANNEL SELECTION
LOGIC

DISCRETE
OUTPUTS

STEPPER
MOTOR
B

CHANNEL
B
ANALOG
INPUTS
CHANNEL B

2D: T4.5
MEASUREMENT

POWER SUPPLY
CHANNEL B

Engine
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2D: T4.5
MEASUREMENT

SPEED
MEASUREMENT
N1, N2

DESCRIPTION 2 (2B1-2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.9

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT


Main components

Function

- Electrical connectors

The EECU controls and monitors the engine operation.

- Mounting pads.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Position
- The EECU is installed in a helicopter compartment.

Main characteristics
- 2B: Single channel, digital, electronic
- 2B1-2D: Dual channel, digital, electronic
- Electrical supply: 28 V, redundant.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.10

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

(2B1-2D)

(2B OR 2B1-2D)

ENGINE ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
(EECU)
Type:
2B: Digital, electronic,
single channel
2B1-2D: Digital, electronic,
dual channel
Electrical supply:
28 V; redundant
Mounting
pad (x 4)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS

GENERAL

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.11

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

From the aircraft

- Forced idle
- Rotor collective pitch (XCP)
- Ambient air temperature T0
- Ambient air pressure P0
- Serial link (ARINC 429)
- Sand filter active
- 2B: Manual/Auto

"OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT"

N2 Trim (XTL)
- 2B1: NFT, XTL
- 2B1-2D: Automatic/Back-up

"On - Off"
- 2D: XPA (pedal position).

From the engine

- Metering needle position (XMV)


- Bleed valve position
- P3 air pressure
- Torque
- Torque conformation
- N1 speed
- N2 speed

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

-
-
-
-

T4.5 temperature
T4.5 conformation
2B: Neutral notch position (twist grip)
2B1-2D: Electrical actuator neutral notch position.

Power supply

- Aircraft 28 VDC supply bus bar


- Engine alternator.

To the aircraft

- Start accessory relay


- Max. N1 and N1 to calculate N1 (FLI)
- Torque indication
- Failure lights (Major failure, Minor failure, Minor anomaly)
- Serial links
- Bleed valve position
- XCP (collective pitch position)
- 2B: Twist grip out of neutral position
- 2B1-2D: Neutral position return
EBCAU enable
- 2B1: XTL (pedal position)
- 2D: XPA (pedal position).

To the engine

- Fuel metering needle


- P3 pressure transmitter (power supply)
- Metering needle postion (XMV).

Edition: February 2012

7.12

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

EECU INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ALTERNATOR A (2B1-2D)
ALTERNATOR B (2B1-2D)

AIRCRAFT
SUPPLY

Forced idle
Rotor collective pitch (XCP)
Ambient air temperature T0
Ambient air pressure P0
Serial link (ARINC 429)
Sand filter active
2B: Manual/Auto
"STOP-IDLE-FLIGHT"
N2 Trim (XTL)
- 2B1: NFT, XTL
- 2B1-2D: Automatic/Back-up
"On - Off"
- 2D: XPA (pedal position)

ENGINE

ALTERNATOR (2B)

EECU

Start accessory relay


Max. N1 and N1 to calculate N1 (FLI)
Torque indication
Failure lights (Major failure, Minor
failure, Minor anomaly)
Serial links
Bleed valve position
XCP (collective pitch position)
2B: Twist grip out of neutral position
2B1-2D: Neutral position return
EBCAU enable
2B1: XTL (pedal position)
2D: XPA (pedal position)

Metering needle position (XMV)


Bleed valve position
P3 air pressure
Torque
Torque conformation
N1 speed
N2 speed
T4.5
T4.5 conformation
2B: Neutral notch position (twist grip)
2B1-2D: Electrical actuator neutral
notch position

- Metering needle position (XMV)


- Fuel metering needle
- P3 pressure transmitter
(power supply)

EECU INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.13

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

28V DC
CIRCUIT

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2B1-2D: Automatic back-up control

The control system ensures the following functions: starting,


speed control, 2B: manual control, 2B1-2D: automatic back-up
control, monitoring and maintenance aid.

This function permits automatic fuel control as a function of


N2, by-passing the main metering needle, in the event of a
major failure.

Starting

Monitoring

This function guarantees a quick and safe start under all


operating conditions:

This function ensures engine monitoring, failure management


and maintenance aid.

- Sequential control

Maintenance aid

- Control of the fuel flow required to start.

The EECU permanently records and memorises the parameters


and engine events.
They can be transmitted to the displays and indicators in the
cockpit, for maintenance aid purposes.

Speed control
This function maintains the aircraft rotor rotation speed constant
(almost constant) in all operating conditions.
It also protects the engine with various limitations: rotation
speeds, acceleration, deceleration, fuel flow

2B: Manual control


This function permits manual engine control in the event of
failure of the automatic control system.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.14

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAIN FUNCTIONS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

MAINTENANCE AID

2B: MANUAL
CONTROL

- Sequential control
- Fuel flow control

CONTROL
SYSTEM

2B1-2D: AUTOMATIC
BACK-UP CONTROL
SPEED CONTROL
- N2 rotation speed
- Engine protection

MONITORING

MAIN FUNCTIONS

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.15

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


Adaptation to requirements

Installation configuration
The gas generator supplies power to the power turbine which
is connected to the helicopter main rotor.

Installation requirements
- Aircraft rotor speed (NR) almost constant in all operating
conditions (because of the rotor efficiency) whatever the load
applied
- Max. torque limitation (imposed by the mechanical transmission
and the helicopter main gearbox)
- Power turbine rotation speed (N2) within given limits (in fact
almost constant, as it is connected to the rotor)

The control system ensures the engine adaptation to the


requirements by metering the fuel flow WF sprayed into the
combustion chamber.
Thus, the gas generator adapts automatically to the requirements
(N1 demand) to maintain the power turbine rotation speed
N2 constant whilst keeping all the other parameters within
determined limits.
This adaptation is illustrated by:
- The diagram W/N1, N2 which illustrates the power W, the
max. TRQ and the rotation speeds N1 and N2
- The diagram N1/N2 which illustrates the N1/N2 relation
curve.

- Limitation of the gas generator rotation speed N1:


Max. N1
Min. N1 (to avoid engine flame-out and critical
speeds)
- 2D: T4.5 limitation (engine thermal protection)
- Protection against surge, flame-out, overtemperature ...

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.16

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

N1

N2
.T

RQ

x
Ma

Max. N1
N1 isospeeds

W
Torque
engine TRQ

TET

Min. N1

WF

N2

Control
system

N1
Max.

Nominal N2

REQUIREMENTS
- NR
- N2
- Max. torque
- N1
- 2D: T4.5
- Protection

Operating
range
Min.
N2

INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION
AND REQUIREMENTS

ADAPTATION TO REQUIREMENTS

CONTROL

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.17

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NR

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


The basic datum is modified by the N2 controller after comparing
the difference between a datum (the nominal NR) and the
measured N2.

Speed control loop

Thus the N2, and therefore the NR are maintained constant


without static droop.

The speed control loop comprises essentially:


- An anticipator

Operating principle

- A N2 speed controller (power turbine)


- An N1 datum limiter (max. and min. N1, acceleration)
- An N1 controller (gas turbine generator)
- A fuel flow limiter (WF)

The N1 controller treats the difference between the N1 datum


and the actual N1. It converts the difference into a fuel flow
datum WF.

- A fuel flow controller (fuel metering needle control).

N1/N2 relation and static droop


In this type of control system the position of the helicopter
collective pitch lever, which represents the power required,
determines the basic N1 datum. This function, which is called
the anticipator, permits an initial adaptation of the gas generator
speed to balance the power supplied by the engine with the
power required by the helicopter.
Furthermore the anticipator supplies an instant signal of a load
variation, which reduces the detection time and provides a rapid
reaction of the control system. However, this first reaction is not
sufficient, as the power required depends on other factors.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The N1 datum is then limited in order to assure certain functions


such as rating stops, acceleration and deceleration control.

The fuel flow limiter then modifies this datum in order to assure
certain protection functions such as surge, flame-out and
overtorque protections.
Finally the fuel flow datum is treated to give a signal to the
metering unit which determines the actual fuel flow injected into
the combustion chamber, which determines the operation of the
gas generator, particularly the rotation speed N1, and thus the
power supplied to the power turbine in order to maintain the
N2 constant without static droop.

Edition: February 2012

7.18

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPEED CONTROL - GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

NR
N2
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1

XMV*
Metering unit
WF*
WF limiter
WF*
N1 speed

N1 controller
N1*
N1 limiter
N1*
N1*
N1*
Anticipator

N2 controller

N2 speed

N2*
Collective pitch

SPEED CONTROL - GENERAL

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.19

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Idle

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION

When starting is completed, the rotation speed stabilises at


idle which is 67 - 68% (function of T0).

This function includes the starting sequence, the starting fuel


flow control, idling, the transition from idle to flight and relight
in flight.

Transition from idle to flight

Starting sequence

2B1: This is effected by turning the twist grip to the "FLIGHT"


position.
This transition is prohibited until a given increase of N2 has
been registered.
During the transition, the torque and N2 acceleration are
limited.
The transition is completed when the system enters into nominal
speed control. The control loop comprises the N2 control which
elaborates an N1 datum, and the N1 control which elaborates
a fuel flow datum WF*.

The system ensures the cranking (starter), ignition (ignition


unit) and the fuel supply.
2B: Start is selected using the "OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT selector.
2B1: Start is selected using an "ON-OFF" selector and a twist
grip.

Starting fuel flow control


During starting, the fuel flow WF is metered so as to provide a
rapid start without overtemperature.
To this end, the fuel flow is controlled according to different
laws:
- Basic flow law for ignition
- Starting flow law for acceleration
- T4.5 or flow correction law to prevent overtemperature
- T4.5 surveillance laws: automatic engine shut-down if T4.5
does not exceed 100C (212F) before 27% N1, as well
as an automatic engine shut-down for a T4.5 (according to
the EECU software version) equal to or higher than 865C
(1589F).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

2B: This is effected by moving the "OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT" selector


from "IDLE" to "FLIGHT".

In-flight relight

The sequence is identical to a ground start, but only permitted


below 17% N1.
The engine can be started by moving the selector from "OFF"
to "FLIGHT" (2B) or from "OFF" to "ON" (2B1). In this case the
engine will start and accelerate to 100% N2 without stabilisation
at idle.
The electrical supply to the ignition system and starting
accessories is cut off when N1>45%.

Edition: February 2012

7.20

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

OFF -

STARTING FUEL
FLOW CONTROL LAWS

- AR

IDLE -

- RAL

FLT -

1
2
3
4

- VOL

Flight (N2 100%)

2B

IDLE

- OFF

Idle

Approx. 67

2B1

FLIGHT
Speed
control
datum

Self-sustaining speed

45

Note:

Starting
fuel
flow
Flow
datum
selection
Flow
limitation

Cranking
Ignition
Fuel supply

Basic flow
Starting
T4.5 correction
T4.5 surveillance

Starting

- ON

Controlled acceleration
from Idle to Flight

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 (%)

time

The engine can be started by moving the selector from "OFF" to


"FLIGHT" (2B) or from "OFF" to "ON" (2B1). In this case the engine
will start and accelerate to 100% N2 without stabilisation at idle.

Metering
needle
control
Metering
needle

STARTING (2B-2B1)

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.21

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


This function includes the starting sequence, the starting fuel
flow control, idling, the transition from idle to flight and relight
in flight.

Starting sequence
The system ensures the cranking (starter), ignition (ignition
unit) and the fuel supply.
Start is selected using an "ON-OFF" selector and a twist grip.
If the first attempt at engine ignition fails, the EECU will interrupt
the start sequence, let the N1 speed decrease below a given
threshold, and then automatically launch one single new start
sequence without the pilot having to switch the main selector
to "STOP". In other circumstances (second start failure, in-flight
flame-out, pilot or EECU-interrupted start sequence), the main
selector has to be switched back to "OFF", then to "ON" again
in order to restart the engine.

Starting fuel flow control


During starting, the fuel flow WF is metered so as to provide a
rapid start without overtemperature.
To this end, the fuel flow is controlled according to different
laws:
- Basic flow law for ignition
- Starting flow law for acceleration
- T4.5 or flow correction law to prevent overtemperature

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- T4.5 surveillance laws: automatic engine shut-down if T4.5


does not exceed 100C (212F) before 27% N1, as well
as an automatic engine shut-down for a T4.5 (according to
the EECU software version) equal to or higher than 840C
(1544F).

Idle

When starting is completed, the rotation speed stabilises at


idle which is 67 - 68% (function of T0).

Transition from idle to flight

This is effected by turning the twist grip to the "FLIGHT" position.


This transition is prohibited until a given increase of N2 has
been registered.
During the transition, the torque and N2 acceleration are limited.
The transition is completed when the system enters into nominal
speed control. The control loop comprises the N2 control which
elaborates an N1 datum, and the N1 control which elaborates
a fuel flow datum WF*.

In-flight relight

The sequence is identical to a ground start, but only permitted


below 17% N1.
The engine can be started by moving the selector from "OFF" to
"ON". In this case the engine will start and accelerate to 100%
N2 without stabilisation at idle.
The electrical supply to the ignition system is cut off when
N1>30% and T4.5>400C.
The electrical supply to the starter and start electro-valve is cut
off when N1>61%.

Edition: February 2012

7.22

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

STARTING (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

STARTING FUEL
FLOW CONTROL LAWS
Flight (N2 100%)

1
2
3
4

IDLE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 (%)

Basic flow
Starting
T4.5 correction
T4.5 surveillance

FLIGHT
Starting
Controlled acceleration
from Idle to Flight

Idle

Approx. 67

- OFF

61

Speed
control
datum

30

Flow
datum
selection
Flow
limitation

Cranking
Ignition
Fuel supply

Note:

Starting
fuel
flow

- ON

time

The engine can be started by moving the selector from from "OFF" to
"ON". In this case the engine will start and accelerate to 100% N2
without stabilisation at idle.

Metering
needle
control
Metering
needle

STARTING (2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.23

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Anticipation

The speed control loop comprises N2 control, anticipation, N2


datum selection, limitations and N1 control.

Load variations are anticipated by a signal from a potentiometer


linked to the collective pitch lever. This signal is called XCP.

N2 control

N1 datum selection

The controller matches the N2 to a datum.

This stage chooses the N1* datum as a function of the control


mode, that is: N1* Idle or N1* datum.

2B: The N2* datum is elaborated as a function of a signal XTL.


This signal comes from a potentiometer in the cockpit which
permits servicing adjustment of N2.

N1 limiter

2B1: The N2* datum is elaborated as a function of a signal XTL


(rudder position), P0 and NFT. The NFT signal comes
from an adjuster in the cockpit which permits servicing
adjustment of N2, during certain maintenance tasks.

To reduce noise at low altitude and obtain good


performance in all types of flight, the NR (N2*) speed is
modified according to P0 and XTL.

2D: The pedal position signal (XPA) is sent to the EECU which
forwards it to the VEMD. The VEMD computes the N2*
datum and sends it back to the EECU.
2D: The NFT function is automatically ensured by the EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The N1* datum is limited to assure the limitation of max. and


min. N1, acceleration and deceleration. The minimum N1 is
limited to prevent engine flame-out.

N1 control
The N1 controller treats the difference between the N1* datum
and the actual N1 and elaborates the necessary fuel flow datum
WF*.

Fuel flow limitation


The fuel flow datum WF* coming from the N1 controller is
passed to a flow limiter which prevents surge, overtorque, 2D:
T4.5 limitation and flame-out. It elaborates a metering needle
position datum which is transmitted to the metering needle
control stage.

Edition: February 2012

7.24

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPEED CONTROL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

XTL

2B:
N2 control
N2

P0
XTL
NFT
N2 from*
avionics

2B1:
N2 control

Idle N1
datum
elaboration

T0

N2
2D:
N2 control

Idle N1*
datum
N1*
N1*

VEMD

Max. and
min. N1
Acceleration
Deceleration

N1
datum
selection

N1*

N1
limitation

N1
N1*

N1
control

WF*

N1*

Datum
selection
WF*

XPA

Fuel
flow
limitation

Anticipation

XMV*
XPA

XPC

Metering
needle
control

- Transient
overtorque
- Surge
- Flame-out
- 2D: T4.5 limitation

XMV

Metering
needle

SPEED CONTROL

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.25

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


Note 1: In manual control training mode, it is possible to
return to automatic mode at any time. However, it is
recommended to do so from a stable condition.

Manual mode
This mode permits manual control of the engine in the event of
complete failure of the automatic control system.
It also designed to allow training in manual mode by simulating
a complete failure of the automatic control system.

Note 2: The engine can be shut down by moving the "OFFIDLE-FLIGHT" selector to "OFF".
Note 3: The aircraft's mains electrical power should be switched
on before moving the twist grip.

Transition to manual mode


If the automatic control system fails, it automatically switches
to manual mode.
Manual mode training is selected using a Manual/Automatic
selector.

Note 4: Refer to the Flight Manual for the procedures to be


followed.

Functional description
The twist grip in the cockpit is mechanically connected to the
pump and metering unit assembly.
It has a neutral position (automatic flow control), a flow-increase
range and a flow-reduction range.
It allows engine acceleration without surge and engine
deceleration without flame-out.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.26

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MANUAL MODE - MANUAL MODE TRAINING (2B)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

MANUAL MODE TRAINING

- MAN

EECU

- MAN

- AUTO

Twist grip

- AUTO

GOV

Twist grip

EECU

TWT
GRP

CONTROL

MANUAL MODE - MANUAL MODE TRAINING (2B)

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.27

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MANUAL MODE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


The principle of limitations is based on one limit parameter: the
gas generator rotation speed (N1 or Ng). This speed is therefore
the essential piloting parameter.
The other parameters (T4.5, N2, torque) are kept within given
limits by the control system.

Torque limitation
The pilot is also responsible for compliance with the torque
limitations. The torque stop is a function of the N2 signal. As a
safety measure, the EECU calculates a max. fuel flow limit to
prevent overtorque on the MGB

2D: T4.5 limitation

Max. N1 limitation
The maximum N1 is limited automatically, in the following
manner:
There is no automatic limitation of the MTOP rating which is
controlled by the pilot. However a stop prevents any exceedance
of the max. N1 (function of P0, T0).

The T4.5 limitation is an engine thermal limitation as the N1


limitation.
The T4.5 stop is constant.
Note: The engine fuel flow demand (and therefore the power)
is automatically limited to the lowest of the 3 stops (N1,
TRQ, T4.5).

If the sand filter is active, the electronic control unit derates


the N1 limits; the EECU also takes into account the sand filter
active signal for the power check calculation.
Max. continuous power is also controlled by the pilot.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.28

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRINCIPLE OF LIMITATIONS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

N1

T4.5

Max.
N1

INDICATION

EECU max. stop


MTOP (f P0, T0)

TRQ
EECU

N2

MCP (f P0, T0)

FUEL FLOW
CONTROL

PRINCIPLE OF LIMITATIONS

MAX. N1 LIMITATION

time

PRINCIPLE OF LIMITATIONS

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.29

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND


MONITORING

Engine power check


It is possible to carry out an engine power check.

The system ensures the indication of engine parameters,


performance indication, cycle counting, rating exceedance time
counting, fault indication and maintenance aid.

In stabilised conditions a power check is selected while the


necessary parameters are being transmitted to the EECU
(P0, T0, configuration).

Indication of N1, N2, T4.5 is provided direct from the engine


to the cockpit, to allow engine monitoring in the event of total
electronic failure and to check that the EECU is maintaining
the engine within limits.

The EECU verifies the stability of the parameters and calculates


the engine power and compares it with the mini guaranteed
power. It records the result and transmits it to the aircraft:
date, hours run, configuration, N1, N2 , P0, T0, Max. torque
guaranteed, calculated T4.5, difference in torque and T4.5,
validity of test.

These indications are independent of the electronic control.

Bleed valve monitoring

Engine parameter indication

Note: 2D: T4.5 and N1 indications are supplied by the EECU.

Torque indication
The EECU receives the torque signal and the conformation
signal from the engine and outputs the conformed torque to
the cockpit indicator.

2D: T4.5 indication

The EECU elaborates a T4.5 indication signal as a function of


the actual T4.5 the T4.5 conformation sent by the EDR.

EECU counting functions


The EECU counts and records in memory the N1 and N2
cycles, the EECU and engine hours ran. This information can
be accessed via the cockpit indication system.
2D: The system comprises a creep-damage counter.
All these counters can be read from the EDR.

N1 indication
The system outputs the N1 and N1 MTOP to the cockpit
indicator.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The EECU monitors the operation of the bleed valve. If the


bleed valve does not operate at the correct RPM , the EECU
will output a fault message "Bleed valve failure".

Failure detection and maintenance aid


The EECU includes software for failure detection and
maintenance aid. These functions are explained in the following
pages.

Edition: February 2012

7.30

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

N1
SPEED
INDICATION

2B/2B1

T4.5 GAS
TEMPERATURE
INDICATION

2B/2B1

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2
SPEED
INDICATION

2D
2D
EECU

2D

2D

N1
ACTUAL T4.5
T4.5 CONFORMATION

2D

2D: EDR

ENGINE PARAMETER INDICATION


(independent from the control system)

Torque
calculation

2D: T4.5
calculation

N1 MTOP
calculation

2D: Creepdamage counter

EECU
hours counting

Failure
detection and
indication
Bleed valve
monitoring

Engine
power
check

Maintenance
aid

A
I
R
C
R
A
F
T

Cycle
counting

GENERAL

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND MONITORING


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.31

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND


MONITORING
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Failure indication

Failure tolerance

- Level 3 - Major failure: manual mode reversion

If a failure affects a nominal law the system uses a back-up


law. The essential functions (N1 and N2 control, acceleration
and deceleration control) remain ensured.
In the event of a failure affecting a main law and the
back-up law the system declares itself unable to control the
engine and the engine must be controlled manually.

There are three levels of indication:

- Level 2 - Minor failure: response time may be affected but


the essential control functions are ensured
- Level 1 - Minor anomaly: loss of redundancy with no effect
on engine performance.
There are two lights in the cockpit to indicate these failures, a
GOV red and GOV amber:
- A GOV (Red) indicates a total failure of the control system
- A GOV (Amber) indicates degraded operation of the control
system. This light also indicates a minor anomaly by flashing
when the "OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT" selector leaves the "FLIGHT"
position.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.32

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FAILURE TOLERANCE - FAILURE INDICATION (2B)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Control system
failure

Consequences

Failures affecting a main


control law and
the back-up law:
major failure - level 3
Failures affecting
a main control law:
minor failure - level 2
Failures not affecting
a main control law:
minor anomaly - level 1

GOV

GOV Red
Major failure - Level 3
(manual mode reversion)

GOV

GOV Amber
Minor failure - Level 2
(response time may be affected
but the essential control functions
are ensured)

GOV

GOV Flashing amber when the


"OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT" selector
leaves the "FLIGHT" position
Minor anomaly - Level 1
(no effect on engine performance)

Failure
detection and
indication

Manual
control
GOV
Use of a
back-up law

GOV
The system remains
on the main control law

GOV

FAILURE INDICATION

FAILURE TOLERANCE

FAILURE TOLERANCE - FAILURE INDICATION (2B)

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND MONITORING


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.33

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FAILURE TOLERANCE - FAILURE INDICATION (2B12D)

Failure indication
There are three levels of indication:

Failure tolerance

- Level 3 - Major failure: stepper motor frozen

In the event of a failure the system automatically reconfigures


itself, without losing the essential functions, i. e. N1 and N2
control, acceleration and deceleration control. For these
functions the software has recovery laws which it will use if a
main control input becomes invalid.

- Level 2 - Minor failure: response time may be affected but


the essential control functions are ensured

In normal operation, channel A is the prefered channel. The


system will only change to channel B if channel A has a major
failure:

There are two lights in the cockpit to indicate these failures, a


GOV red and GOV amber:

- If a minor anomaly affects channel A, the system remains on


channel A
- If a failure affects a main control law on channel A, it will use
a recovery law.
- If a failure or failures affect a main control law and its recovery
law, the system changes automatically to channel B
- If a failure or failures affect a main control law and the recovery
law of both channels, the system freezes the stepper motor
automatically and enables the back-up system.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Level 1 - Minor anomaly (redundancy failure): no effect on


engine operation.

- The GOV red indicates a major failure


- The GOV amber indicates a minor failure. This light also
indicates a minor anomaly (redundancy failure) by flashing
when the twist grip leaves the "FLIGHT" position.
2B1: The control system will always be on channel A, which
can receive information from channel B, unless an internal
malfunction of channel A causes a major failure.
2D: At each power-up, the EECU switches channels
automatically.

Edition: February 2012

7.34

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND


MONITORING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Channel A

A: Failure level 1

A: Failure level 2

A: Failure level 3

Ch. in control: A
EECU: No failure
GOV: None

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Minor failure
GOV: Amber

Ch. in control: B
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

B: Failure level 1

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Minor failure
GOV: Amber

Ch. in control: B
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

B: Failure level 2

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Minor failure
GOV: Amber

Ch. in control: B
EECU: Minor failure
GOV: Amber

B: Failure level 3

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Redun. failure
GOV: Flashing amber

Ch. in control: A
EECU: Minor failure
GOV: Amber

Ch. in control: None


EECU: Total failure
GOV: Red

Channel B

B: No failure

A: No failure

FAILURE INDICATION

Fault
Detection
and
Indication

2B1: The control system will always be on channel


A, which can receive information from channel
B, unless an internal malfunction of channel A
causes a major failure.

Channel A
2D: At each power-up, the EECU switches
channels.

Channel B

GOV

GOV Red
Major failure - Level 3
(Stepper motor frozen)

GOV

GOV Amber
Minor failure - Level 2
(response time may be affected but the
essential control functions are ensured)

GOV

GOV Flashing amber when the twist grip


leaves the "FLIGHT" position
Minor anomaly (redundancy failure) Level 1 (no effect on engine
performance)

FAILURE TOLERANCE - FAILURE INDICATION (2B1-2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND MONITORING


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.35

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FAILURE TOLERANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND


MONITORING
For each input signal, the EECU has a set of criteria with which
it can decide if the signal is valid. The table on the following
page shows the logic used by the EECU in the event of an
invalid signal. It also shows the associated failure level, the
CWP indication and the VEMD indication where applicable.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FAILURE TOLERANCE TABLES (EXAMPLE)

Note 1: CWP: Central Warning Panel


VEMD: Vehicle and Engine Multifunction Display


(indication and message screen).

Note 2: The codes listed in the following page are given


for instruction purposes only. In all cases, refer
to the Maintenance Manual for the reasons of the
failure alarm, for the meaning of failure codes and
for the corrective action.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.36

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Example of codes for instruction purposes only.


In all cases, refer to the Maintenance Manual.

Input

Effect on EECU operation

Level

CWP

VEMD Message

N2B

Use of N2C

GOV

FAIL 2 - xxxx

N2C

Use of N2B

GOV

FAIL 2 - xxxx

N2B
and
N2C

Stepper motor frozen

GOV

FAIL 2 - xxxx

Max. fuel flow reduced;


Acceleration law adapted

GOV

FAIL 1 - xxxx

P3

Comments

In normal operation
EECU uses N2B
- 2B: Manual control
- 2B1-2D: EBCAU

Degraded operation

FAILURE TOLERANCE TABLES (EXAMPLE)

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND MONITORING


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.37

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE AID AND DATA EXCHANGE WITH


THE AIRCRAFT

Data exchange with the aircraft


The EECU exchanges data with the aircraft by means of a serial
data link ARINC 429.

Maintenance aid

It can transmit:

The system ensures the following functions:

- The indications of torque, N1 MTOP, bleed valve position

- Failure detection

- The value of EECU inputs and outputs

- Failure isolation and identification of the component affected

- The counters contents

- Writing of a failure report containing information such as


failure type, location

- The failure reports.


It can receive:

- Transmission of the failure report to the aircraft system

- The pressure P0 and temperature T0

- Recording in the memory of the last 32 failure reports.

- The request for a performance check and read-out of


results
- The request to read the cycle, hour and limit exceedance
counters
- The request for a failure report
- Reset of cycle counting.
Two types of messages can be considered:
- Standard messages which are continuously transmitted
- Maintenance messages which are supplied on demand.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.38

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND


MONITORING

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- Failure detection
- Identification of the
component affected
- Writing of a failure report such
as failure type, location
- Recording in the memory of
the last 32 failure reports

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE AID
Transmission of
the report to the
aircraft system

MAINTENANCE AID

Indications: torque, N1 MTOP,


bleed valve position
Value of EECU inputs and outputs
A
R
I
N
C

CONTROL
SYSTEM

4
2
9

Counters contents
Failure reports
P0 and T0
Request for engine power check
and read-out of results
Request for cycle, hour and limit
exceedance counters
Request for failure report
Reset of cycle counting

DATA EXCHANGE WITH THE AIRCRAFT

MAINTENANCE AID AND DATA EXCHANGE WITH THE AIRCRAFT

CONTROL SYSTEM - INDICATION AND MONITORING

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.39

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL OPERATION

This part mentions in a general way the main functional electronic


blocks.

Monitoring
- Engine power check

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY THE ELECTRONIC


CONTROL SYSTEM

- N1 MTOP calculation

Note: 2B1-2D: both channels can perform all of these


operations.

- 2D: T4.5 calculation

Control mode determination

- TRQ calculation

Starting

- Cycle counting

N2 datum selection

- EECU hours counting

N2 speed control
Anticipation
N1 datum selection
Limitations (N1, TRQ, 2D: T4.5)

- 2D: Creep-damage counter


- Failure detection and indication
- Bleed valve monitoring
- Maintenance aid.

N1 speed control
Flow datum selection
Flow limitation
Metering needle control.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.40

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

N2
datum
selection

N1
datum
selection

N2 speed
control

Limitations

Starting

N1 speed
control

Anticipation

Flow
limitation

TRQ
calculation

2D: T4.5
calculation

N1 MTOP
calculation

2D: Creepdamage counter

EECU hours
counting

Fault detection
and
management

Flow
datum
selection

Engine
power
check

Bleed valve
monitoring
Maintenance
aid

Metering
needle
control

A
I
R
C
R
A
F
T

Note: 2B1-2D: both channels can


perform all of these operations.

Cycle
counting

FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY THE ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL OPERATION

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.41

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Determination of
control mode

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.42

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


- In the engine log book, record the total number of C1 and
C2 cycles
- Make sure that the automatic cycle counting is correct
- Record in the engine logbook the accumulation of flying
hours

- Cycle counting
Tests

Chap. 73

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- EECU failure message
Tests
- Functional test in manuel
mode
- Functional test in mixed
mode
- Engine health - Check

Chap. 73
Helicopter documentation
Helicopter documentation
Helicopter documentation

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.43

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.44

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

BETWEEN TWO FLIGHTS


MANDATORY
- If the automatic counting is not available, record in the
engine logbook the number of C1 and C2 cycles

- Engine power check


Helicopter documentation
Note: Check also P0/T0 (engine/aircraft) consistency

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


MANDATORY
- In the engine log book, record the total number of C1 and
C2 cycles
- Make sure that the automatic cycle counting is correct
REQUIRED
- Record the values from the creep-damage counter in the
engine logbook
- Record in the engine logbook the accumulation of flying
hours

- Auxiliary mode functional


test

Helicopter documentation

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.45

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.46

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- EECU
Removal / Installation
Check
Check of information transmitted on
ARINC 429 serial link
Tests (using the automatic cycle counting
function)
Tests (using the failure message function)

Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.47

CONTROL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- Reading of the helicopter serial link: to read / save the data


exchanged in real time between the EECU and the helicopter
over the ARINC 429 link

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE - EECU


MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

Function

Maintenance operations on EECUs allow the data stored in its


memory areas to be processed.

Context

- Technical occurrences (failures or abnormal behaviour)


- Resetting of counters

Equipment required

The equipment required to perform these maintenance tasks


is described in chapter 73-21-00 of the Maintenance Manual:
- Laptop PC which has been equipped and configured by
Turbomeca authorised personnel
- Communication interface (PCMCIA cards or Ethernet unit or
CAN Card)
- Laptop PC-to-EECU connection cable
- Maintenance software.

Professional prerequisites

- Must have followed the 1st line maintenance course for the
engine concerned
- Must have knowledge of the helicopter interface concerned.

Maintenance tasks

The maintenance tools allow the following tasks to be performed:

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Reading of the technical occurrences: to obtain an overview


of the failures detected by the EECU. The last 32 occurrences
are saved
- Reading of the failure contexts: to obtain more information in
order to facilitate the understanding of the last 8 occurrences
- Reading of the counters
- 2B1 equipped with a FADEC B EECU: Use of the workshop
mode: to allow the technical occurrences and failure contexts
to be read on both channels of the EECU
- 2B1 equipped with an EMC 101 ECCU: Use of the CAN
link: to allow the technical occurrences and failure contexts
to be read on both channels of the EECU.

Procedure for processing the EECU data


- While referring to the Maintenance Manual, connect the PC
to the EECU using the appropriate tooling and then read
and/or save the data stored in the EECU's memories,
- Send this data to the Turbomeca Field Representative for
your zone.
The data is then viewed to judge its validity. It also allows
the occurrence which took place at the customer's site to be
confirmed.
If the complexity of the occurrence warrants in-depth processing,
the data is then sent to Turbomeca's specialist personnel.

Edition: February 2012

7.48

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Processing the data with the maintenance tools developed by Turbomeca allows Turbomeca to help orient the
customer's troubleshooting. It also allows for greater autonomy in terms of updating the counters after equipment has
been replaced.
Context:
- Technical occurrences
- Resetting of counters

If complex occurrence,
processing of data by
Turbomeca specialist personnel
"Confirmation of occurrence
+ help with troubleshooting"
Sending of data to Field Rep.
for your zone for validitation and
confirmation of occurrence

Turbomeca
connection cable
PC equipped with software
and configured by Turbomeca

MAINTENANCE TASKS
XXXXXX
XXX

Xxxxxxxxxx
xx
xxxxxxx

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

Technician
(prerequisites: 1st line course
for engine concerned)

Reading of the helicopter serial link


Reading of the technical occurrences
Reading of the failure contexts
Reading of the counters
Reading of technical occurrences and
failure contexts:
2B1 + FADEC B EECU: Workshop mode
2B1 + EMC 101 ECCU: Use of the CAN
link

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE - EECU MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.49

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE - EDR MAINTENANCE


(2D)

- Updating of the data: counters, conformation values and


engine configurations
- Clearing of the maintenance flags

Function

- Reading of the FADEC D standard EECU through the


EDR and the CAN link: to read, in real time, the data sent
by the EECU through the EDR and the CAN link

Context

- Launching of triggered tests: to test the logic inputs and


outputs, as well as the activation of the start electro-valve
and the high-energy ignition unit.

Maintenance operations on the EDR allow the data stored in


its memory areas to be processed.
- Technical occurrences (failures or abnormal behaviour)
- Resetting of counters
- Updating of the maintenance flag.

Equipment required

The equipment required to perform these maintenance tasks


is described in chapter 73-21-00 of the Maintenance Manual:
- Laptop PC with Windows XP
- Standard RJ45 cable
- Maintenance software.

Professional prerequisites

- Must have followed the 1st line maintenance course for the
engine concerned
- Must have knowledge of the helicopter interface concerned.

Maintenance tasks

The maintenance kit allows, among others, the following tasks


to be performed:
- Reading of the maintenance data: to read / save the
counters, failure flags, limits, engine power checks, continuous
recordings and failure contexts

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Procedure for processing the data


- While referring to the Maintenance Manual, connect the PC
to the EDR using a standard RJ45 cable and then read and/
or save the data stored in the EDRs memories
- Send this data to the Turbomeca Field Representative for
your zone.
The data is then viewed to judge its validity. It also allows
the occurrence which took place at the customers site to be
confirmed.
If the complexity of the occurrence warrants in-depth processing,
the data is then sent to Turbomecas specialist personnel.
Note: Processing the data with the maintenance kit developed
by Turbomeca allows Turbomeca to help orient the
customers troubleshooting. It also allows for greater
autonomy in terms of updating counters after equipment
has been replaced.

Edition: February 2012

7.50

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Processing the data with the maintenance tools developed by Turbomeca allows Turbomeca to help orient the
customer's troubleshooting. It also allows for greater autonomy in terms of updating counters after equipment has
been replaced.
Context:
- Technical occurrences
- Resetting of counters
- Updating of the
maintenance flag

If complex occurrence,
processing of data by
Turbomeca specialist personnel
"Confirmation of occurrence
+ help with troubleshooting"
Sending of data to Field Rep.
for your zone for validation and
confirmation of occurrence

Standard RJ45 cable

EDR

PC with Windows XP

MAINTENANCE TASKS

XXXXXX
XXX

Xxxxxxxxxx
xx
xxxxxxx

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

Technician
(prerequisites: 1st line course
for engine concerned)

Reading of the maintenance data


Updating of the data
Clearing of the maintenance flags
Reading of the FADEC D standard EECU
through the EDR and the CAN
- Launching of triggered tests

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE - EDR MAINTENANCE (2D)

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

7.51

CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

- Measurement and indicating systems presentation (77-00-00) ........ 8.2


- Speed measurement and indicating system (77-00-00) .................... 8.4

- T4.5 measurement and indicating system (77-00-00) ........................ 8.14


- Torque measurement and indicating system (77-00-00) ................... 8.18
- 2D: EDR - Engine Data Recorder ......................................................... 8.22
- Miscellaneous indications ................................................................... 8.24
- Measurement and indicating systems - 1st line maintenance......... 8.32 - 8.35

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.1

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Functions
The measurement and indicating system provides the following
functions:

Miscellaneous measurement and indicating


systems
- N1 gas generator rotation speed
- N2 power turbine rotation speed

- It allows to check that the engine is operating within determined


limits

- Turbine gas temperature (T4.5)

- It signals failures or abnormal changes of parameters

- Engine torque

- It permits the checking of certain operating phases.

- Lubrication system
- Miscellaneous (indicating lights and monitoring).

Note: In fact, there are operating parameters (e.g. N1 and


torque) and monitoring parameters (e.g. N2, T4.5, oil
temperature and pressure).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Note: Refer to the various systems for the description and


operation.

Edition: February 2012

8.2

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS


PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUNCTIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

- To check that the engine operates


within determined limits
T4.5 GAS
TEMPERATURE

- To signal a fault or an abnormal


change of parameters
- To check certain operating phases

LUBRICATION
SYSTEM

MISCELLANEOUS
(indicating lights
and monitoring)

ENGINE
TORQUE

N1 SPEED

N2 SPEED

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.3

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

Operation
The N1 signal from the sensor (N1C) goes directly to the cockpit
indicator and is thus independent from the EECU.

Function
This system measures the rotation speeds of the gas generator
(N1) and the power turbine (N2).

The N1 MTOP signal is supplied to the cockpit by the EECU


which derives its N1 signal from the sensor (N1B) or the alternator
(back-up signal).

Main characteristics

The N1 is calculated by the VEMD.

- Type: phonic wheels and electro-magnetic sensors

N1 is an operating parameter as it reflects the engine power.

- Sensor signals: frequency proportional to the rotation


speed.

It is also used for engine control (starting and speed control


loop), cycle counting and maintenance aid.

Main components

Two N2 signals are used for engine control (speed control loop),
cycle counting and maintenance aid.

- Two N1 speed sensors

One N2 signal goes directly to the cockpit for the speed indication
associated with the NR indication.

- Three N2 speed sensors


- Alternator
- Electrical harnesses for connection to the EECU and the
indicators.

Description
Refer to following pages and the aircraft documentation.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.4

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL (2B)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Firewall

VEMD
(FLI)
N1

EECU

ENGINE

N1

N1
MTOP

N1C SENSOR

CONTROL

N1B SENSOR

STARTING

ALTERNATOR

SPEED CONTROL
LOOP

INDICATION

N2C SENSOR

CYCLE
COUNTING AND
MAINTENANCE
AID

N2B SENSOR

N2

N2 + NR
Indication

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

N2A SENSOR

NR signal

GENERAL (2B)

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.5

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

Operation
2B1: The N1 signal from the sensor goes directly to the cockpit
indicator and is thus independent from the EECU.

Function
This system measures the rotation speeds of the gas generator
(N1) and the power turbine (N2).

2D: The harness is not connected on helicopter side, the EECU


provides the VEMD with a digital N1 signal.

Main characteristics

The N1 MTOP signal is supplied to the cockpit by the EECU which


derives its N1 signals from the two alternator frequencies.

- Type: phonic wheels and electro-magnetic sensors

The N1 is calculated by the VEMD.

- Sensor and alternator signals: frequencies proportional to


the rotation speed.

N1 is an operating parameter as it reflects the engine power.

Main components

It is also used for engine control (starting and speed control


loop), cycle counting and maintenance aid.
Two N2 signals are used for engine control (speed control loop),
cycle counting and maintenance aid.

- One N1 speed sensor


- Double alternator (generation of N1 signals)

One N2 signal goes directly to the cockpit for the speed indication
associated with the NR indication.

- Three N2 speed sensors


- Electrical harnesses for connection to the EECU and the
indicators.

Description
Refer to following pages and the aircraft documentation.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.6

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL (2B1-2D)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Firewall

VEMD
(FLI)
N1

EECU

N1

N1
MTOP

2B1

ENGINE

2D

N1C SENSOR

CONTROL

ALTERNATOR
WINDING A (N1)

STARTING

2D
(digital N1)

ALTERNATOR
WINDING B (N1)

SPEED CONTROL
LOOP

INDICATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

N2C SENSOR
(to channel A)

CYCLE
COUNTING AND
MAINTENANCE
AID

N2B SENSOR
(to channel B)

NR signal
N2 + NR
Indication

N2

N2A SENSOR
EBCAU

GENERAL (2B1-2D)

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.7

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

Function
The N1 speed sensors measure the gas generator rotation
speed.

Position
- In the system: connected to the indicator and the EECU
- On the engine: left side of the accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Type: electro-magnetic
- Quantity: 2 (interchangeable)
- Phonic wheel:
Quantity: 1
On the alternator drive shaft.

Main components
- Phonic wheel (in module 01)

Description
The N1 speed measurement and indicating system includes:
- A phonic wheel mounted on the alternator drive shaft
- Two electro-magnetic sensors each of which has:
A permanent magnet
A coil.
Each sensor is secured by one screw on a boss on the alternator
drive casing.
An O-ring seal ensures the sealing between the sensor body
and the casing.

Operation
The rotation of the phonic wheel causes the sensor to produce
an electrical signal.
The frequency of the signal is proportional to the rotation speed
and the number of teeth on the phonic wheel.
The output signal from the N1C sensor is transmitted directly
to the VEMD.
The output signal from the N1B sensor is transmitted to the
EECU; it is used for fuel flow control and N1 indication.

- Sensor body.
Note: The engine alternator provides a back-up N1 signal.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.8

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 SPEED SENSORS (2B)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
PHONIC WHEEL

Alternator drive
shaft

O-ring
seal

Type:
Electro-magnetic

N1 SPEED
SENSOR

Quantity:
2
(interchangeable)

Coil

Permanent
magnet

N1 SPEED SENSOR

Phonic wheel:
- Quantity: 1
- On the alternator
drive shaft

N1C
SENSOR

N1B
SENSOR

VEMD

N1 SPEED
SENSORS

PUMP AND
METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

EECU

ALTERNATOR
(redundancy)

N1 SPEED SENSORS (2B)

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.9

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Electrical
connector

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

The N1 speed measurement and indicating system includes:

Function

- A phonic wheel mounted on the alternator drive shaft

The N1 speed sensor measures the gas generator rotation


speed.

Position
- In the system: connected to the VEMD

Description

- One electro-magnetic sensor which has:


A permanent magnet
A coil.
The sensor is secured by one screw on a boss located on the
alternator drive casing.

- On the engine: left side of the accessory gearbox.

An O-ring seal ensures the sealing between the sensor body


and the casing.

Main characteristics

Operation

- Type: electro-magnetic

The rotation of the phonic wheel causes the sensor to produce


an electrical signal.

- Quantity: 1
- Phonic wheel:
Quantity: 1
On the alternator drive shaft.

The frequency of the signal is proportional to the rotation speed


and the number of teeth on the phonic wheel.
2B1: The N1C signal is directly transmitted to the VEMD
(instrument panel).
2D: The N1C signal is not used.
Note: The N1 signals for the EECU are derived from the
alternator frequencies (A and B).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.10

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 SPEED SENSOR (2B1-2D)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
PHONIC WHEEL

Winding
A

O-ring
seal

ALTERNATOR

Electrical
connectors

Winding
B

Type:
Electro-magnetic

N1 SPEED
SENSOR

Quantity:
1

Coil

Permanent
magnet

N1 SPEED SENSOR

Phonic wheel:
- Quantity: 1
- On the alternator
drive shaft

N1C
SENSOR

2B1

VEMD
EECU

N1 SPEED
SENSOR

PUMP AND
METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

Winding
A
ALTERNATOR

Winding
B

N1 SPEED SENSOR (2B1-2D)

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.11

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Electrical
connector

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

Description
The N2 speed measurement and indicating system includes:

Function

- A phonic wheel on the reduction gearbox output gear

The N2 speed sensors measure the power turbine rotation


speed.

- Three electro-magnetic sensors each of which has:


A permanent magnet
A coil.

Position
- In the system: connected to the indicator or to the EECU

Each sensor is secured by one screw on a mounting pad located


on the reduction gearbox casing and is sealed by an O'ring.

- On the engine: on either side of the reduction gearbox


N2A and N2B on the right
N2C on the left.

Operation

Main characteristics

The frequency of the signal is proportional to the rotation speed


and the number of teeth on the phonic wheel.

- Type: electro-magnetic

The output signal from the N2A sensor is transmitted directly


to the speed indicator in the cockpit.

- Quantity: 3 (interchangeable)
- Phonic wheel:
Quantity: 1
Reduction gearbox output gear.

The rotation of the phonic wheel causes the sensor to produce


an electrical signal.

The output signals from the N2B and N2C sensors are transmitted
to the EECU; they are used for speed control and N2 cycle
counting.
2B1-2D: N2B goes to channel B

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

N2C goes to channel A


N2A also goes to the EBCAU.

Edition: February 2012

8.12

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2 SPEED SENSORS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REDUCTION
GEARBOX
OUTPUT GEAR
(Phonic wheel)

N2A and
N2B
N2C
Type:
Electro-magnetic
Quantity:
3
(interchangeable)

Permanent
magnet
Electrical
connector

N2 SPEED
SENSOR

Coil

INDICATION
(N2, NR)

Phonic wheel:
- Quantity: 1
- Reduction gearbox output gear

N2 SPEED
SENSOR

N2A
SENSOR
2B1-2D: EBCAU

(2B1-2D) A
PUMP AND
METERING UNIT
ASSEMBLY

N2A AND N2B


SENSORS
N2C
SENSOR

N2C
SENSOR

(2B)
EECU
(2B1-2D) B

N2B
SENSOR

N2 SPEED SENSORS

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.13

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

T4.5 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

Operation

Function

The T4.5 thermocouple probes measure the gas temperature


at the gas generator turbine outlet.

This system provides a measurement and indication of the gas


temperature (T4.5) at the gas generator turbine outlet.

- 2B-2B1: The conformation box provides the connection point


between the thermocouples, the indicator and the
EECU

Position

- 2D: The T4.5 conformation box is eliminated and replaced by


an electrical connector that is plugged into the EngineEECU harness. The "conformation" function is performed
by the EDR.

All the system components are located on the engine except:


- The EECU
- The T4.5 indicator
- 2D: The EDR (Engine Data Recorder).

Main characteristics
- Type: Thermocouple probes
- Indication: degrees Celsius.

As the T4.5 temperature generated by each individual engine is


slightly different and as there may also be slight measurement
discrepancies, the actual T4.5 temperatures measured by the
thermocouple probes are "conformed" (i.e. adjusted) so that,
when operating correctly, all engines of the same variant indicate
the same reference T4.5 temperature.
The signal from the thermocouples is used for:

Main components

- Engine control (starting fuel flow)

- Thermocouple harness (x 2)

- Indication

- Engine Electronic Control Unit


- Indicator (VEMD)

- 2D: Fuel flow control.

- 2B-2B1: T4.5 conformation box


- 2D: EDR (Engine Data Recorder)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.14

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

2D: EDR

2D

THERMOCOUPLE
PROBES

2B/2B1
THERMOCOUPLE
HARNESS (x 2)

2D

2D

2B/2B1

T4.5
INDICATION

2B-2B1: T4.5
CONFORMATION
BOX
T4.5
2D
2B/2B1

EECU

Type:
Thermocouple probes

2B-2B1: T4.5
CONFORMATION BOX

2D: Electrical
connector

Indication:
Degrees Celsius

PUMP AND METERING


UNIT ASSEMBLY

PRESENTATION

T4.5 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.15

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

T4.5 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM

2B-2B1: The two sets are connected to the conformation


box.
2D: Each set is connected to the Engine-EECU harness.

Thermocouple probes

T4.5 conformation system

Function
The thermocouples supply a signal for T4.5 indication and fuel
flow control (limitation of T4.5 by the EECU).

Position
- In the system:
2B-B1: connected to the indicator and the EECU
2D: connected to the Engine-EECU harness
- On the engine: the probes are located around the rear part
of the turbine casing and each probe is secured by a bolt.

Function
2B-2B1: The conformation box forms the interface between
the thermocouple and the rest of the system and
provides a corrected temperature indication.
2D: The T4.5 conformation is ensured by the EDR.

Position
- 2B-2B1: The conformation box is installed under the
protection tube.

Main characteristics

Main characteristics

- Type: Chromel and Alumel thermocouple

- 2B-2B1: The conformation box contains a printed circuit


board of resistors.

- Quantity: 8 double probes (16 thermocouples) in 2


harnesses.

Functional description
The 2 sets of 4 thermocouple probes are identical and are LRU.
They are positioned to give a homogeneous measurement.
Each probe contains two hot junctions (Chromel and Alumel
wires soldered together).
A thermocouple produces an electromotive force which is
proportional to the temperature difference between the hot and
the cold junctions. The probes are wired in parallel thus the
reading obtained is an average.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Functional description
2B-2B1: The conformation box contains resistors which
permit the engine to conform to a standard indication
criteria. The "zero and slope" resistance values can
be adjusted by opening connection on the printed
circuit board.
2D: The conformation values are recorded in the EDR.
Note: T4.5 conformation values are adapted to module M03
and recorded on the M03 log card.

Edition: February 2012

8.16

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

2D: EDR

2D

2D

EECU

2D

2B-2B1: T4.5
CONFORMATION BOX
PROBE
(sheath, Chromel
and Alumel junction)

2B/2B1

2B/2B1

2D: Electrical
connector

T4.5
conformation values are
adapted to module M03
and recorded on the M03
log card

T4.5
indication
Right harness
connector
EECU
connector

Quantity:
8 double probes
(16 thermocouples)
in 2 harnesses

2B-2B1: T4.5
CONFORMATION BOX
Printed
circuit
board

Connections
(adjustment of
resistance values)
EECU
connector
Indicator
connector

Left harness
connector

4 probe
set

2B/2B1

ZERO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Z

PENTE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
P

ZERO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Z

PENTE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C

INDICATION

Type:
Chromel and Alumel
thermocouple
Cable

4 probe
set

2B/2B1

The conformation box


contains a printed circuit
board of resistors

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

T4.5 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.17

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2B/2B1

REGULATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

THERMOCOUPLE
HARNESS (x 2)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
Function
The system provides measurement of the engine torque
measured on the power transmission shaft for torque indication
and fuel control.

Position

Operation
The rotation of the phonic wheel causes the sensor to produce
an electrical signal to the EECU. The EECU measures the phase
displacement of the signal.
The signal from the torquemeter is used for:
- Engine control

All the system components are located on the engine except:


- The EECU

- Torque indication.
2B-2B1: The system includes resistors (located in the
conformation box) to obtain a corrected torque
value.

- The torque indicator


- 2D: EDR (Engine Data Recorder).

Main characteristics

2D: The torque conformation box is eliminated. The


"conformation" function is performed by the EDR.

- Type: phase displacement

Main components
- A phonic wheel (formed by the transmission shaft and the
reference shaft)

The torque conformation adapts the torque sensor signal to the


output shaft characteristics, being given the variations due to
the manufacturing tolerances.

- A sensor
- EECU
- Torque indication (VEMD)
- 2B-2B1: Torque conformation box
- 2D: EDR (Engine Data Recorder).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.18

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EECU
2B-2B1:
TORQUE
CONFORMATION
BOX

TORQUE
INDICATION

2B/2B1

TORQUE SENSOR
(connection with
the EECU)

2D: EDR

METERING
UNIT

REFERENCE
SHAFT
PHONIC WHEEL

TRANSMISSION
SHAFT

Type:
Phase displacement

PRESENTATION

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.19

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
Torquemeter
Function
The torquemeter provides an electrical signal to the EECU.

Position

Conformation system
Function

- In the system: connected to the EECU


- On the engine: the shafts are located in the protection tube
and the sensor is mounted on the forward right hand side of
the transmission shaft protection tube.

Main characteristics

2B-2B1: The conformation box provides a corrected torque


value to the EECU.
2D: The torque conformation is ensured by the EDR.

Position
- 2B-2B1: The conformation box is installed on the right hand
side of the protection tube.

- Phonic wheel
Quantity: 1
- Sensor
Quantity: 1
Type: electro-magnetic

Main characteristics
- 2B-2B1: The conformation box contains a printed circuit
board of resistors.

Functional description

Functional description
The torquemeter mainly includes a phonic wheel formed by 4
teeth on the transmission shaft and 4 teeth on the reference shaft
(not submitted to torsion) and the sensor includes an electrical
connector connected to the EECU. Its depth of penetration is
adjusted by a laminated shim.
The rotation of the phonic wheel causes the sensor to produce
an electrical signal. The EECU measure the phase displacement
of the signals.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

When the torque increases, the transmission shaft twist in relation


to the reference shaft causes a variation of the distances (a
increases, b decreases). The EECU measures this difference
and determines the engine torque value.

2B-2B1: The conformation box contains resistors which


permit the engine to conform to a standard indication
criteria. The "zero and slope" resistance values can
be adjusted by opening connections on the printed
circuit board.
2D: The conformation values are recorded in the EDR.
Note: Torque conformation values are adapted to module M01
and recorded on the M01 log card.

Edition: February 2012

8.20

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

When there is no torque (zero), the distance between teeth


are equal (a = b).

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REFERENCE
SHAFT
(fitted with 4
equidistant teeth)

2B-2B1:
TORQUE
CONFORMATION
BOX

The conformation box


contains a printed circuit
board of resistors
Connections
(adjustment of
resistance values)

TRANSMISSION
SHAFT (fitted
b
with 4 equidistant
Without torque
teeth)
(zero torque, a = b)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

ZERO

TORQUE
SENSOR

Protection
tube

TORQUE
SENSOR

P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

PENTE

PHONIC WHEEL
Quantity: 1
With torque
(the 2 shafts rotate at the same speed
SENSOR
but with a phase shift: a b)
Quantity: 1
a b
Type: electro-magnetic
Phonic wheel
- 8 teeth
Electrical signal
- belonging to the 2 shafts
to EECU
TORQUE
SENSOR
Laminated
shim

Transmission
shaft

Reference
shaft

Printed
circuit board

Electrical
connector
(connection with
the EECU)

Torque
conformation values are
adapted to module M01
and recorded on the M01
log card

2B-2B1:
TORQUE
CONFORMATION
BOX

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.21

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

EDR - ENGINE DATA RECORDER (2D)


The Engine Data Recorder (EDR) stores specific parameters
relating to its engine (configuration data, conformation values,
counters, etc.) and records usage parameters during engine
operation.

Position
The EDR is mounted on a plate, which is attached to the engine
harness and located under the engine platform, close to the
EECU.

Main characteristics
- Electrical power supply: 28 VDC
- Type of links: Ethernet (RJ45): maintenance laptop - airframe
- EDR and Controller Area Network (CAN): EECU - EDR.

Functional description
Description
The EDR is linked to the EECU. When the EECU and EDR are
powered up, an initialisation sequence is performed and the
EDR returns configuration data, counter values and conformation
values to the EECU.
During engine operation, the EECU records data in the EDR
and provides the avionics with the engine counter values that
are stored in the EDR.

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Maintenance need flag (EDR failure, etc.)


Counters (cycles, hours, etc.)
System events (EECU flags and context of the events)
Limit exceedances (N1, T4.5, TRQ, etc.)
Run-down time
Engine health monitoring results
Continuous recording (of the last operating hours).

Note: Some of these parameters are also stored in the EECUs


memory.

General operation
The EDR is used for:
- Automatic initialisation of the EECU if either the engine/
EDR or EECU is replaced: the EDR provides configuration
data, counter values and conformation values to the EECU
- Collection of engine parameters: the main engine
maintenance data are stored in the EDR for retrieval by
maintenance personnel. The EDR allows the operator to
download engine maintenance parameters through the
Ethernet link in order to fill in the engine logbook and perform
maintenance data analysis.
- Reading of engine parameters in the EECU: the operator
can directly access the EECU through the Ethernet link and
the EDRs CAN-Ethernet bridge function.

Recording of engine parameters:

Note 1: An EDR is dedicated to one engine and must follow


that engine throughout its entire life. An EDR must
never be used on a different engine.

- Engine configuration (engine S/N, etc.)


- Conformation values (TRQ, T4.5)

Note 2: The EDR and EECU must never be replaced


simultaneously.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.22

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Type of links:
CAN, Ethernet
EDR

ENGINE
HARNESS

OPER
ATO
LAPTO RS
P

Engine
plateform

CAN LINK
EECU
ETHERNET
LINK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

ETHERNET
LINK

EDR
(ENGINE DATA
RECORDER)

EDR - ENGINE DATA RECORDER (2D)


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.23

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE

Firewall

Power supply:
28 VCC

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
Description

Function

There are two main indicating devices in the cockpit:

To provide information in the cockpit about the operation of the


aircraft and engine systems.

- The VEMD

Position

The VEMD displays all the necessary vehicle and engine


parameters. It can also display maintenance information
when the aircraft is on the ground. It comprises an upper and
lower screen and ten selector buttons for selecting the various
functions.

- On the instrument panel.

Main characteristics
- Central Warning Panel

- The CWP.

The CWP has a set of warning lights to alert the pilot to any
malfunction in aircraft and engine vital system.

- Display unit with two screens


- Liquid crystal displays.

Main components
- Engine sensors
- EECU
- VEMD (Vehicle and Engine Multi-function Display)
- CWP (Central Warning Panel).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.24

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

COCKPIT

AIRCRAFT

CWP
(Central Warning Panel)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Firewall

ENGINE

UPPER
SCREEN

LOWER
SCREEN

EECU

VEMD
(Vehicle and Engine Multi-function Display)

GENERAL

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.25

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
There are several indicators which give information about the
engine operation. These pages summarize the various lights
which have already been dealt with in other chapters.

Indications supplied through the EECU


- Total failure

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDICATORS

- Degraded operation or minor anomaly

Position

- 2B: Manual mode

- On the instrument panel.

- 2B: Twist grip out of the neutral position

Main characteristics
- Indicators directly connected to the engine sensors
- Indicators whose signal is provided by the EECU.

- Bleed valve position


- 2B1-2D: Return to neutral position
- 2B1-2D: EBCAU enable.

Engine sensors connected direct to the


cockpit
- 2B-2B1: Low oil pressure
- 2B-2B1: Fuel filter pre-blockage
- Magnetic particles
- 2B-2B1: Low fuel pressure
- Fire detection.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.26

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

+ 28 V
2B-2B1: Low oil pressure
Circuit
breaker

2B-2B1: Fuel filter pre-blockage


Magnetic particles
2B-2B1: Low fuel pressure
Fire detection

ENGINE

+ 28 V
Total failure
Circuit
breaker

Degraded operation or minor anomaly


2B: Manual mode
2B: Twist grip out of the neutral position
Bleed valve position
2B1-2D: Return to neutral position
2B1-2D: EBCAU enable
EECU

INDICATORS

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.27

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
When one of these parameters is approaching its limit
(represented by graduation No. 10), a solid yellow line appears
under that parameters digital indication on the right of the screen.
When the limit is reached, this line becomes red.

Function
The VEMD (Vehicle and Engine Multi-function Display) provides
information in the cockpit about the operation of the aircraft and
engine systems.

Position
- On the instrument panel.

During starting and normal operation, the lower screen normally


displays engine parameters such as the oil temperature and
pressure. However, if the upper screen fails during normal
operation, the lower screen displays the FLI instead.
During engine shut-down (N1 < 10% and NR < 70 rpm), the
lower screen displays the "Flight report". This indicates the
flight number and duration, the number of C1 and C2 cycles
performed in the flight and the total number of C1 and C2 cycles
performed. An "Over limit detected" and/or "Failure detected"
message may also be displayed.

Main components
- 1 upper screen
- 1 lower screen

2D: The creep-damage counter ("Usage") is also displayed.

- Control buttons.

When the engine is stopped, the maintenance mode becomes


available and the following functions can be accessed:

Description
Upper screen
During the starting sequence, the upper screen displays engine
parameters such as the T4.5, TRQ and N1. During normal
operation (N1 > 60%), it displays the FLI (First Limit Indicator),
which shows the parameter that is nearest its limit (T4.5, TRQ
or N1).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Lower screen

"Flight report", "Failure", "Over limit", "Engine power check",


"Trans. reset", "Func. times", and "FADEC data" (2B-2B1) or
"EECU data" (2D).

Edition: February 2012

8.28

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VEMD - PRESENTATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

UPPER SCREEN
P2
3

4 6 8
2
10
0 TQ x 10
61,8%

T4
648C

P2

9
x 100

-5
-10

NG

10
3
2
1
0

0
NG 5
72,7%

5 6 7

FLI

98%
8

9
10
11

T4

680C
TQ

90%

0
MESSAGES

OFF 1

OFF 2

Upper
screen

SCROLL

RESET

SELECT

+
-

Lower
screen

ENTER

STARTING

CONTROL
BUTTONS

OPERATION

The aircraft
manufacturers
documentation is the
reference for this
system.

DURATION 1 h 21 mn
USAGE
0.0%
CYCLE NG XX.XX I XXXX.XX

2D VERSION

LOWER SCREEN

BRT +

BRT -

10

TEMP
90C

VEMD
(Vehicle and Engine
Multi-function Display)

U/BUS
28 V

ENG OIL
2
16
x 10

MAINTENANCE MENU

FLIGHT REPORT
10

FLIGHT NUMBER 452

16

DURATION 1 h 21 mn

PRESS
6 Bar
I/GEN
150 A

Ou

Pg
-

CYCLE NG XX.XX I XXXX.XX


CYCLE NF XX.XX I XXXX.XX
TOTAL

+
31

Ou

OVER LIMIT DETECTED


FAILURE DETECTED

FLIGHT REPORT
FAILURE
OVER LIMIT
ENGINE POWER CHECK
TRANS. RESET
FUNC. TIMES
FADEC DATA
HARMONISATION IN PROGRESS
HARMONISATION OK

EXIT ---> PRESS RESET

STARTING / OPERATION

Turbomeca uses
the terminology
defined in AS 755,
as N1, T4.5, TRQ,
P3, whereas
EUROCOPTER
uses for the
2B-2B1: Ng, T4, TQ
and P2 and for the
2D: N1, TOT, TRQ
and P2.

FLIGHT REPORT
(during shut-down when N1 < 10%
and NR < 70 rpm)

STOP

VEMD - PRESENTATION

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.29

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

10

Note:

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

"COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS" page:

Flight Report

Displays the flight details and the identification of the LRU


concerned, plus a failure code which can be decoded in chap.
71-00-06 Troubleshooting.

On the "Flight Report" page, one or both of the following


messages may be displayed:
OVER LIMIT DETECTED

Display the engine parameters.

FAILURE DETECTED

The parameters are on 3 pages which are displayed automatically


(one or more) according to the failures detected.

Over Limit
The Over Limit page records any overlimits of TRQ, T4.5, N1,
N2 and NR. It displays the duration and value of the excess.

Failure Diagnosis
"FAILURE DIAGNOSIS" page:
Displays all the failures in the memory for the last 32 flights.

- The total number of flights with failures detected


- The flight number and number of failures detected
- The number in the list of flights with failures.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The values of each parameter are given in 2 columns. The first


column (left) shows the values 12 seconds before the failure
and the second column (right) shows the values when the
failure was detected.

Failures

The failure diagnosis is given on 5 pages.

It includes :

"PARAMETRES" pages:

Failures detected by the EECU are transmitted to the VEMD,


which displays them on the lower part of the upper screen. This
display is in the form:
FAIL 1 XXXX ou FAIL 2 XXXX
Note 1: FAIL 1 and FAIL 2 refer to the failure code tables in
Chapter 71-00-06 Troubleshooting (Maintenance
Manual). These tables identify the failure related to
each code.
Note 2: The aircraft manufacturer's documentation is the
reference for this system.

Edition: February 2012

8.30

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VEMD - TROUBLESHOOTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

FAILURE
CODE TABLES

OFF 1

MAINTENANCE MENU

ARRIEL 2 B

P2

NG

10

HARMONISATION IN PROGRESS

0
FUEL QTY
210 KG

HARMONISATION OK

3
2
1
0

5 6 7

OFF 2

FLI

T4

Red

FAIL1-00D0

Red

Red

FAIL1-00F0

Red

1.

SCROLL

FAIL1-0100

OAT
+ 25.1C

Amber

Amber

FAIL1-0500

Amber

FAIL1-0600

RESET

Amber

FAIL1-0300

FAIL1-0400

TQ

Amber

FAIL1-0200

680C
90

MESSAGES

Amber

FAIL1-00C0

FAIL1-00E0

9
10
11

Warning indicator lights

FAIL1-00B0

98%
8

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Indication
Alarms VEMD

Amber

FAIL1-0700

FAIL1-0800

SELECT

FAIL1-0900

Amber

Failure indentification

ARRIEL 71-00-06-817-828
2B

A.

Collective pitch failure,


71-00-06-817-860
Maintenance failure, P3
Raw T4.5 menu/fadec data function mode
failure and Helicopter T0
Indication
failure

Alarms VEMD

Warning indicator lights

Raw torque failure


FAIL1-0001
Red
T4.5 conformation failure
FAIL1-0002 before power on Amber

Failure indentification

71-00-06-817-959
Watchdog trip
71-00-06-817-844
N2 trim failure

Raw
71-00-06-817-836 trip and N2
FAIL1-0003 torque failure and
Red
Watchdog
T4.5 conformation failure
trim failure
before power on
FAIL1-0004
Red/Amber
OFF/IDLE/ON selector
Torque conformation
71-00-06-817-847failure
failure before power on
FAIL1-0005
Red
Watchdog trip and OFF/
Raw torque failure and
71-00-06-817-838 selector failure
IDLE/ON
Torque conformation
FAIL1-0006
Red/Amber
N2 trim failure and OFF/
failure before power on
IDLE/ON selector failure
T4.5 conformation failure
71-00-06-817-839
FAIL1-0007
Red
Watchdog trip, N2 trim
before power on and
failure and OFF/IDLE/ON
Torque conformation
selector failure
failure before power on
FAIL1-0010 torque failure, T4.5
Amber 71-00-06-817-840 pitch failure
Collective
Raw
conformation failure
FAIL1-0020
Amber Flashing/Amber
Raw T4.5 failure
before power on and
FAIL1-0030
Amber
Collective pitch failure
Torque conformation
and Raw T4.5 failure
failure before power on

Raw torque failure and


T4.5
FAIL1-0060 conformation failure
Amber
before power on
FAIL1-0070

FAIL1-0080

FAIL1-00A0

The information in this manual is subject to the warning


given on the information page.

71-00-06-817-808
71-00-06-817-811

71-00-06-817-962

71-00-06-817-940
71-00-06-817-951

71-00-06-817-832

P3 failure
P3 failure and
List of failure codes Collective
pitch failure
Page 102
May 30/2011
Raw T4.5 failure and P3
failure

71-00-06-817-833
71-00-06-817-823
71-00-06-817-825

EXIT ----> PRESS RESET


List of failure codes
Page 101
May 30/2011

71-00-06

CHAP. 71-00-06
TROUBLESHOOTING

ENTER

+
31

OVER LIMIT DETECTED


FAILURE DETECTED
EXIT ---> PRESS RESET

TIME

COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS

Pg

CYCLE NG XX.XX I XXXX.XX


CYCLE NF XX.XX I XXXX.XX
TOTAL

BRT +

XXX
XXX
XXX

XX
XX
XX

) TRQ TRA
) TRQ MED
) TRQ EXT

XXX X

t4

XXX
XXX
XXX

XX
XX
XX

) T4 LOW
) T4 MED
) T4 HI

XXX
XXX

NG

XXX
XXX

XX
XX

) NG MNT
) NG TRA

NF

XXX
XXX

XX
XX

) NF TRA
) NF EXT

XX

LRU name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX

FAIL
1

LRU name

Param EOP
To see param press ENTER

XXX
XXX

EXIT ----> PRESS RESET

BRT -

Pg
+

TURBOMECA

ARRIEL 2 B

XX

LIST OF FAILURE CODES DISPLAYED BY THE VEMD


A.

Maintenance menu/fadec data function mode


Indication

Alarms VEMD

XXX

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIST OF FAILURES CODES

1.

Warning indicator lights

Failure indentification

FAIL1-0001

31

Red

FAIL1-0002

Amber

N2 trim failure

FAIL1-0003

Red

Watchdog trip and N2


trim failure

FAIL1-0004

Task No.

71-00-06-817-801
71-00-06-817-953
71-00-06-817-807

OFF/IDLE/ON selector
failure

71-00-06-817-808

FAIL1-0005

Red

Watchdog trip and OFF/


IDLE/ON selector failure

71-00-06-817-811

FAIL1-0006

XXX

Red/Amber

N2 trim failure and OFF/


IDLE/ON selector failure

71-00-06-817-812

Red

Watchdog trip, N2 trim


failure and OFF/IDLE/ON
selector failure

FAIL1-0007

Red/Amber

Watchdog trip

FAIL1-0010

Amber

FAIL1-0020

Amber Flashing/Amber

FAIL1-0030
FAIL1-0040
FAIL1-0050

Amber
Amber

Collective pitch failure


Raw T4.5 failure
Collective pitch failure
and Raw T4.5 failure
Helicopter T0 failure

71-00-06-817-813

71-00-06-817-961
71-00-06-817-962
71-00-06-817-963
71-00-06-817-940

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

The aircraft
manufacturers
documentation is the
reference for this
system.

Amber

Collective pitch failure


and Helicopter T0 failure

71-00-06-817-951

FAIL1-0060

Amber

Helicopter T0 failure and


Raw T4.5 failure

71-00-06-817-952

FAIL1-0070

XXX

FAIL on FLIGHT XXXXX at X XX


TEST REF XXX EOPFAIL

OVER LIMIT XXXXX


LIMIT
MAX

TRQ

NR

71-00-06-817-952

Collective pitch failure,


Raw T4.5 failure and
Helicopter T0 failure

DURATION 1 h 21 mn

XXX

71-00-06-817-961
71-00-06-817-963

FLIGHT REPORT
FLIGHT NUMBER 452

XXX

71-00-06-817-812
71-00-06-817-813

Helicopter T0 failure and


Raw T4.5 failure

71-00-06
Amber

HARMONISATION IN PROGRESS
FAILURE DIAGNOSIS
HARMONISATION OK
FLIGHT XXXXX

71-00-06-817-953
71-00-06-817-807

Collective pitch failure


and Helicopter T0 failure
71-00-06-817-842

Amber
Amber

Task No.

71-00-06-817-801

Helicopter T0 failure
71-00-06-817-841

Amber

FAIL1-0090
The information in this manual is subject to the warning
given on the information page.

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Collective pitch failure,


71-00-06-817-830
Helicopter T0 failure and
LIST OF FAILURES CODES
P3 failure
Raw T4.5 failure, P3
71-00-06-817-831
failure and Helicopter T0
failure
LIST OF FAILURE CODES DISPLAYED BY THE VEMD

FAIL1-0040 conformation failure


Amber
Flashing amber
T4.5
FAIL1-0050 before power on Amber
Amber

Task No.

Collective pitch failure,


71-00-06-817-827
Raw T4.5 failure and P3
TURBOMECA
failure
Helicopter T0 failure and
P3 failure

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TURBOMECA

FLIGHT REPORT
FAILURE
OVERLIMIT
ENGINE POWER CHECK
TRANS. DATA
FUNC. TIMES
FADEC DATA

MAINTENANCE MENU
FLIGHT REPORT
FAILURE
OVERLIMIT
ENGINE POWER CHECK
TRANS. DATA
FUNC. TIMES
FADEC DATA

Amber

Collective pitch failure,


Raw T4.5 failure and
Helicopter T0 failure

71-00-06-817-832

FAIL1-0080

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
TASK

Amber

P3 failure

71-00-06-817-833

FAIL1-0090

Amber

P3 failure and Collective


pitch failure

71-00-06-817-823

FAIL1-00A0

Amber

Raw T4.5 failure and P3


failure

71-00-06-817-825

The information in this manual is subject to the warning


given on the information page.

XX
NG
XXX.X
XXX.X
TRQ
XXX
t4
XXXXX.X
T4R1
XXXXX.X
T4R2
XXXXX
P0
-XX.X
OAT
XXX
I. GENC
XX.X
U. BUS
XXXXX
NF
XXX
NR
-XXXX
VZ
P2 HD/P/DFAIL
X/X/X

List of failure codes


Page 101
May 30/2011

71-00-06

CHAP. 71-00-06
TROUBLESHOOTING

FAIL
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
XXXXX
-XX.X
-XXX
XX.X
XXXXX
XXX
-XXXX
X/X/X

%
%
C

mb
C
A
V
RPM
RPM
Ft / mn
BOOLEAN

VEMD - TROUBLESHOOTING

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.31

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS- 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.32

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS
- Pyrometric harness
Inspection

Chap. 77

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- 2B-2B1: Torque conformation box
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: T4.5 conformation box
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: N1 speed sensors
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: N2 speed sensors
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: Torquemeter sensor
Tightening check

Chap. 70
Chap. 70
Chap. 70
Chap. 70
Chap. 70

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.33

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS- 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.34

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
- Module M01 - Accessory gearbox
equipment
Torque sensor - Adjustment
Torque sensor - Inspection
Torquemeter sensor - Test

Chap. 72

- N1 speed sensors
Removal / installation
Inspection
Test

Chap. 77

- N2 speed sensors
Removal / installation
Inspection
Test

Chap. 77

- Pyrometric harnesses
Removal / installation
Inspection
Test

Chap. 77

- 2B-2B1: Module M01 - Accessory gearbox


equipment
Torque conformation board - Replacement
Torque conformation box - Electrical test
Torque conformation box - Calibration
- 2B-2B1: Module M03 - Gas generator
equipment
Junction and T4.5 conformation
box - Calibration
Junction and T4.5 conformation
box - Test
Junction and T4.5 conformation
box - Inspection
Junction and T4.5 conformation
box - Replacement
T4.5 conformation board - Replacement

Chap. 72

Chap. 72

- 2D: EDR
Chap. 77
Removal / installation
Inspection / check
Management of EDR data - Special procedure

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

8.35

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(non exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

9 - STARTING SYSTEM
- Starting system presentation .............................................................. 9.2
- Starter-generator ................................................................................... 9.4
- Ignition system (74-00-00) .................................................................... 9.6
- Starting system - Operation................................................................. 9.8
- Starting system - 1st line maintenance.............................................. 9.10 - 9.13

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.1

STARTING SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main components

The starting system ensures starting (on the ground and in flight)
and crank of the engine. It includes the following functions:
cranking, fuel supply, ignition and sequential control.

- In the cockpit:
2B: "OFF-IDLE-FLIGHT" engine rating selector
2B1-2D: - "ON-OFF" engine rating selector
- Twist grip
Dry crank push-button
Circuit breakers

Position
All the starting accessories are installed on the engine except
the EECU which is installed in the aircraft. Indicating and control
components are aircraft components.

Main characteristics
- Starting envelope: refer to the Flight Manual
- Start duration: between 25 and 30 sec.
- Max. crank time: < 20 sec.
- Stabilisation time before shut-down:
2B: 30 sec at flight
2B1-2D: 30 sec at idle

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

- In the airframe:
Starter contactor
Accessory relay
2D: 1 ignition relay and 1 start relay.
EECU
- On the engine:
Starter-generator
Ignition system components
Start electro-valve
Stop electro-valve.

- Run-down time: > 25 sec. from 67 to 0% N1


- Max. T4.5 during start: refer to the Flight Manual.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.2

STARTING SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

2B
OFF IDLE FLT -

Starting envelope:
Refer to Flight Manual

2B1/2D
- AR

- ON

- RAL
- VOL

ENGINE RATING
SELECTOR

- OFF

STARTER
CONTACTOR

ENGINE RATING
SELECTOR

Start duration:
Between 25 and 30 sec.
Max. crank time:
< 20 sec.
Stabilisation time
before shut-down:
2B: 30 sec. at flight
2B1-2D: 30 sec. at idle
Run-down time:
> 25 sec. from 67 to 0% N1
Max. T4.5 temperature
during start:
Refer to Flight Manual

IGNITION SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
IDLE
FLIGHT

TWIST
GRIP

2B-2B1: 1 ACCESSORY
RELAY
2D: 2 RELAYS
(START AND
IGNITION)

START
ELECTRO-VALVE

"CRANK"
PUSH-BUTTON
EECU

STOP
ELECTRO-VALVE

AIFRAME COMPONENTS

ENGINE COMPONENTS

CIRCUIT-BREAKER
COCKPIT COMPONENTS

STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

STARTER-GENERATOR

Edition: February 2012

9.3

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

STARTER-GENERATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation

The starter motor cranks the gas generator rotating assembly


during starting and dry crank.

Engine cranking (starter)

When the rotation speed of the gas generator is sufficient, the


starter operates as a Direct Current generator.

Position
- On the engine: on the front face of the accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Supplied by aircraft manufacturer
- Type: starter-generator
- Supply: 28 VDC.

Main components

When the pilot starts the engine, the starter contactor closes
and connects the aircraft DC busbar to the starter.
The starter then cranks the rotating assembly through the
accessory drive train.
The torque on the starter shaft is inversely proportional to the
gas generator speed and will be higher when the atmospheric
temperature is low.
The gas generator rotation speed increases up to self-sustaining
speed. The supply to the starter is then cut-out by the opening
of the starter contactor.

Generator operation
When self-sustaining speed is reached, the gas generator drives
the starter which then operates as an electrical DC generator
and supplies the aircraft electrical system.

- The starter-generator
- The mounting flange

Note: 2D: The power supply to the starter is cut-off at 61% of


N1.

- The supply terminals.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.4

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SUPPLY
TERMINALS

MOUNTING
FLANGE

STARTERGENERATOR

START
TORQUE
SUPPLIED BY
AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURER

Decreasing ambient
temperature

Type:
Starter-generator
Supply:
28 VDC

N1

Self-sustaining speed
STARTER

STARTER-GENERATOR
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

2D: 61%

45%

Edition: February 2012

GENERATOR

9.5

STARTING SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

IGNITION SYSTEM
Operation

This system ensures the ignition of the fuel sprayed by the start
injectors into the combustion chamber.

Position
All the ignition system components are fitted on the engine,
except the electrical supply circuit.
Ignition unit: on the right-hand side of the axial compressor
casing.
Igniter plugs: beside the start injectors on each side of the
combustion chamber casing.

2B-2B1: The system is electrically energised from engine


starting to self-sustaining speed (45% of N1).
2D: The system is electrically energised from engine starting
to N1 > 30%.
The ignition unit is supplied with 28 VDC. It changes this to
a high-energy current which is delivered to the igniter plugs
through the ignition cables.
The high energy current produced by the ignition unit is supplied
to the central electrode of the igniter plug. It discharges, across the
semi-conductor to the plug body causing a powerful spark.

Main characteristics
- Type: High Energy (HE)
- Supply voltage: 28 VDC.

Description
The ignition system includes the following components:
- 1 double ignition unit
- 2 ignition cables (identical, triple-braided, high-energy cables)
- 2 igniter plugs (surface-discharge type, incorporating a central
electrode insulated from the body, with semi-conductor at the
tip).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.6

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

IGNITER
PLUG

Electrical connector
(to the ignition unit)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Electrical connector
(to the igniter plug)

EXTERNAL
BODY
(-)

IGNITION
CABLE

Spark
Insulator

IGNITION
CABLES

CENTRAL
ELECTRODE
(+)

IGNITION
UNIT

Semiconductor

SEAL AND
SPACERS

Start injectors
IGNITER
PLUG

POWER
SUPPLY
CABLE
Type:
High Energy (HE)
IGNITER
PLUG

Supply voltage:
28 VDC

IGNITION SYSTEM
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

9.7

STARTING SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM- OPERATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Crank cycle

Starting cycle

A crank consists of cranking the rotating assembly without


supplying fuel or ignition (dry ventilation). It is used for cooling
the engine or for maintenance procedures.

The starting cycle is characterised by the evolution of the


engine parameters, especially the rotation speed and the gas
temperature.

The crank cycle comprises the following phases:


- Crank selection

The main points of the starting cycle are:

- Cranking of the rotating assembly

- Start selection

- End of crank and run-down.

- Self-sustaining speed (de-energisation of the starter and


ignition unit)

Crank

- End of start (stabilisation at idle speed).

Shut-down cycle
This cycle comprises the following points:
- Stabilisation
- Stop selection
- Run-down and stop.

Ensure that N1 < 10%


- Selector to "OFF"
- 2B-2B1: Starting pump "ON"
- Press (and hold) the "CRANK" button. The engine accelerates
without ignition and fuel: cranking should not exceed 20 sec.
- Release the "CRANK" push-button
- 2B-2B1: Starting pump "OFF".
Note 1: Cranking must be performed with the starting pump
"ON" in order to lubricate the HP fuel pump.
Note 2: Crank time is limited to 20 sec. to avoid overheating
of the starter motor.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.8

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

This section deals with operating sequences associated with


the starting system: start, shut-down and dry crank.

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
START

Stop selection
Stabilisation

RELAY UNIT
ACCESSORY RELAY

2B/2B1

2D: IGNITION RELAY

2D

- Ignition unit

2D: START RELAY

2D

- Start electro-valve
- Stop electro-valve

Run-down

2D
2B/2B1
CRANK SELECTION

STARTER
CONTACTOR
N1

N2 100%

SHUT-DOWN CYCLE

Startergenerator

time

T4.5 gas
temperature
N1

Crank cancel
Run-down

N1 idle
Selfsustaining
speed
Selection
STARTING CYCLE

Selection

time

STARTING SYSTEM- OPERATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

(20 sec. max.)


CRANK CYCLE

time

9.9

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SELECTION

N1

EECU

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.10

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS
- 2D: Ignition system
Operational test

Chap. 72

- 2D: Ignition cables


Tightening check

Chap. 72

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- 2B-2B1: High Energy ignition unit (HE)
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: Ignition cables
Tightening check
- 2B-2B1: Start system
Operational check
- 2B-2B1: N2 Igniter plugs
Inspection

Chap. 70
Chap. 70
Chap. 72
Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.11

STARTING SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.12

STARTING SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- Start injectors and igniter plugs


Adjustment

Chap. 72

- High Energy ignition unit (HE)


Removal / installation
Inspection

Chap. 74

- Ignition cables
Removal / installation
Inspection

Chap. 74

- N1 rundown time

Chap. 71

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

9.13

STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- Electrical system presentation (71-51-00) .......................................... 10.2


- Alternator (72-61-00) ............................................................................. 10.4
- Electrical harnesses (71-51-00) ........................................................... 10.8
- Electrical system - 1st line maintenance............................................ 10.10 - 10.13

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.1

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1
0 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRESENTATION

The system contributes to the various indicating and control


functions of the engine:

Note: The accessories are dealt with in the corresponding


chapters except the alternator.

- Control
- Control system
- Safety system
- Maintenance aid.

Main characteristics
- Direct current: 28 VDC from aircraft electrical system
- Dedicated alternator electrical power: 100 VA, < 48 VDC after
being rectified by the EECU.

Main components
- Engine electrical components (accessories and sensors)
- Control and indicating components (aircraft)
- Engine Electronic Control Unit (installed in the airframe)
- Electrical harnesses.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.2

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

CONTROL
AND INDICATING
COMPONENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Direct current:
28 VDC from aircraft
electrical system
Dedicated alternator
electrical power:
100 VA, < 48 VDC after being
rectified in the EECU

ELECTRICAL
HARNESSES

ACCESSORIES
AND SENSORS
ENGINE ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ALTERNATOR
Main components

Function

- Drive shaft

The alternator provides electrical power and N1 signals to the


EECU.

- Rotor

Position

- 2B1-2D: 2 electrical connectors (connection with the


EECU).

- 2B: 1 electrical connector (connection with the EECU)

- On the engine: on the rear face of the accessory gearbox.


Note: The rotor is mounted on the drive shaft.

Main characteristics
- Type:
2B: three phase alternator, permanent magnet rotor
2B1-2D: three phase double alternator, permanent magnet
rotor
- Power: 100 VA
- Output voltage: < 48 VDC after being rectified by the
EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.4

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GENERAL

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
(connection with the EECU)

Power:
100 VA
Output voltage:
< 48 VDC after being rectified by the
EECU

Drive shaft
(N1)

Rotor
(permanent magnet)
MOUNTING
FLANGE
(mounting on
accesory gearbox)

ALTERNATOR

2B:
ALTERNATOR

2B1-2D:
ALTERNATOR

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
(connection with the EECU)

GENERAL

ALTERNATOR
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.5

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Permanent magnet rotor
- 2B: 3 phase alternator
- 2B1-2D: 3 phase double alternator

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ALTERNATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description
The alternator is secured by 3 screws on the rear face of the
accessory gearbox. Its flange has threaded holes for extraction.

EECU electrical supply

It includes the following components:

The EECU is electrically supplied by either the aircraft + 28VDC


busbar or the engine alternator as follows:

- A rotor driven by the accessory drive train (N1). It is made


up of permanent magnets (8 poles)
- 2B: A stator formed by a three-phase coil located around
the rotor
- 2B1-2D: A stator formed by two separate coils (A and B);
one for channel A and one for channel B
- 2B: An electrical connector for connection to the EECU

- The aircraft + 28 VDC busbar is used on its own during starting


and in the event of an alternator failure during flight
- The engine alternator is used above approx. 60% N1 (normal
operation)
- The EECU switches automatically from the aircraft + 28VDC
busbar to the alternator without any effect on its operation.

- 2B1-2D: Two electrical connectors for connection to the 2


channels of the EECU (one for each channel).

Operation
The alternator transforms the mechanical power available on
the shaft into electrical power.
2B: The electrical power is used to supply the EECU.
2B1-2D: The electrical power is used to supply each channel
of the EECU separately.
The three-phase voltage is rectified by a Graetz bridge housed
in the EECU.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.6

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2B: The frequency signal is used by the EECU as a back-up


N1 speed signal.
2B1-2D: The frequency signal is used by each channel of the
EECU as the main N1 signal.

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course
EECU
(rectified three-phase voltage)

STATOR
(three-phase
coil)
+ 28 VDC
BUSBAR

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
(connection to the EECU)

ROTOR
2B

Internal
supply
2B

Stator
winding A

Stator
winding B

EECU
MOUNTING FLANGE
(secured on the
rear face of the
accessory gearbox)

2B1/2D

Stator

ROTOR
(permanent magnets;
8 poles)
N1
Approx. 60%

+ 28 VDC
BUSBAR

Channel
A

ALTERNATOR
(supplies the EECU with threephase alternating current)
Stator
winding B

Stator
winding A

ROTOR

PRINCIPLE OF EECU
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

0%

Normal operation

+ 28 VDC busbar

Alternator

+ 28 VDC busbar failure

TOTAL FAILURE

Alternator

Alternator failure

+ 28 VDC busbar

+ 28 VDC busbar

100%
Channel
B
2B1/2D

DOUBLE ALTERNATOR
(supplies the EECU with threephase alternating current)

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION

ALTERNATOR

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.7

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES

The electrical harnesses connect the engine electrical


components to the EECU and the aircraft.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Main characteristics
- Cable type: plaited, shielded or double-shielded
- Type of connectors: threaded, self-locking.

Main components
Two engine harnesses:
- 1 engine to EECU harness (P201 and P203 connectors)
- 1 engine to Aircraft harness (P100 connector).
Note: The engine-EECU harness (2B1-2D: P101 connector)
is used to transmit the ambient temperature T0 signal
from the probe installed on the airframe.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.8

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Engine platform

Cable type:
Plaited, shielded or
double-shielded

Engine
P 200

P 100

Type of connectors:
Threaded, self locking

AIRCRAFT

P 202

P 204

P 201
2D:
EDR

E
E
C
U

Aircraft responsibility
ENGINE

Engine responsibility

P 203
2B1-2D: P 101
(T0)
ENGINE-AIRCRAFT
HARNESS

P 100
CONNECTOR
P 201
CONNECTOR

P 201
CONNECTOR
2B1: P 101
CONNECTOR

P 203
CONNECTOR
ENGINE-EECU
HARNESSES

EDR
ATTACHMENT

P 203
CONNECTOR
ENGINE-EECU
HARNESSES

2B/2B1

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

ENGINE-AIRCRAFT
HARNESS

P 100
CONNECTOR

Edition: February 2012

2D

P 101
CONNECTOR

10.9

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Aircraft

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.10

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS
- 2B-2B1: Control harness
Inspection

Chap. 71

- 2B-2B1: Control and indicating harness


Inspection

Chap. 71

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.11

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.12

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- Control harness
Removal / installation
Tests

Chap. 71

- Control and monitoring harness


Removal / installation
Tests

Chap. 71

- Alternator
Removal / installation
Test

Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

10.13

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- Engine compartment ............................................................................ 11.2


- Engine mounting and lifting ................................................................ 11.4
- Air intake and exhaust system ............................................................ 11.6
- Engine/airframe system interfaces ..................................................... 11.8
- Drains - Purges - Air vents (71-71-00).................................................. 11.16
- Fire protection (26-11-00) ..................................................................... 11.18
- Engine installation - 1st line maintenance......................................... 11.20 - 11.25

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.1

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1 - ENGINE INSTALLATION
1

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description

The engine compartment houses the engine.

The engine compartment includes the following components:

Position

- The firewalls:
Front firewall
Rear firewall

- At the rear of the helicopter main gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Insulated compartment
- Compartment ventilation by air circulation.

- Engine cowling which includes the air intake grill.


- The compartment ventilation is ensured by air circulation in
order to maintain an acceptable temperature in the various
areas.

Main components
- Firewalls
- Cowlings
- Support platform.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.2

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Insulated compartment
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Air intake
grill

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Compartment ventilation
by air circulation

ENGINE
COWLING

FRONT
FIREWALL

REAR
FIREWALL

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.3

ENGINE INSTALLATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE LIFTING

Function

Function

The engine mountings attach the engine to the aircraft.

The 3 lifting rings are used to lift the engine.

Description

Description

- Front mounting: on the front support casing front flange

- Two lifting rings at the junction of the compressor and


combustion chamber casings

- Rear mounting: an airframe cradle secured by two clamps


on the protection tube.
Note: The triangular power transmission flange is located
inside the front support casing.

- One lifting ring on the mounting flange of the exhaust pipe.

Engine removal and installation


Turbomeca supplies an engine lifting beam which attaches to
the lifting rings on the engine.
This permits the removal and installation of the engine in the
airframe.
The removal/installation procedure is described in the Airframe
Maintenance Manual and must only be carried out in accordance
with this procedure and using the appropriate tooling.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.4

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE MOUNTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

REAR LIFTING
RING

FRONT LIFTING
RINGS

MOUNTING BY THE
FRONT SUPPORT
CASING FRONT FLANGE

MOUNTING BY TWO
CLAMPS ON THE
PROTECTION TUBE

REAR MOUNTING
(supplied by the aircraft manufacturer)

FRONT MOUNTING

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.5

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE LIFTING
BEAM

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Exhaust system

Function

Function

The air intake system directs the ambient air into the engine.

The exhaust system discharges the gas overboard.

Position

Position

- In front of the engine.

- At the rear of the engine.

Main characteristics

Main characteristics

- Type: dynamic, annular

- Type: elliptical.

- Air flow:
2B-2B1: 2.5 kg/sec (5.5 lb/sec.)
2D: 2.71 kg/sec (5.9 lb/sec.)

Functional description

Functional description

The extension is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer. It is


secured by bolts at the rear of the engine exhaust pipe.

The exhaust expels the gas directly but it can be adapted to


the aircraft by means of an extension.

A circular flange on the compressor casing permits connection


of the aircraft air duct.
The admission of air can be made through a static or a dynamic
intake. The engine cowling can be provided with protection
devices (sand filters...).
A connection for compressor washing is fitted on the aircraft
air duct.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.6

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Air intake

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

AIR DUCT

HELICOPTER
AIR INTAKE

UNION FOR
COMPRESSOR
WASHING

ENGINE
EXHAUST
PIPE

AIR INTAKE
Type:
Dynamic, annular
Air flow:
- 2B-2B1: 2.5 kg/sec (5.5 lb/sec.)
- 2D: 2.71 kg/sec (5.9 lb/sec.)

EXHAUST SYSTEM
Type:
Elliptical

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

EXTENSION
(or aircraft
duct)

Edition: February 2012

11.7

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PROTECTION DEVICES
(sand filters...)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


The oil system has three interfaces which are installed on the
front firewall, inside the engine compartment.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OIL SYSTEM

The oil system interfaces are:


- Oil outlet line to the oil cooler
- Oil supply line to the oil pump pack. The oil supply line is
fitted with a drain plug on the interface
- 2B-2B1: Engine breathing and oil tank vent line (aircraft
manufacturer's supply)
- 2D: Engine breathing (engine manufacturer's supply) and
oil tank vent line (aircraft manufacturer's supply)

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.8

ENGINE INSTALLATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

OIL SUPPLY
TO THE PUMP

Oil tank
vent line

OIL BREATHER
UNION

Engine breathing
vent line

2D

2B/2B1

3
1

Oil cooler

OIL OUTLET
TO THE OIL COOLER

ENGINE INTERFACES

OIL SYSTEM

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.9

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil tank

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


FUEL SYSTEM (2B-2B1)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The engine is provided with:


- A fuel system inlet union
- A fuel return line (start purge and injection wheel purge) back
to the tank.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.10

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INJECTION WHEEL PURGE


(stop purge valve)
START PURGE
(start purge valve)
From tank

FUEL SYSTEM
INLET UNION

2
FUEL RETURN
LINE

2
To tank

To
tank

Indication

To
tank

Indication

2B1: HP pump pressure

From tank

2B: Pressure from metering unit

FUEL SYSTEM (2B-2B1)

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.11

ENGINE INSTALLATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


FUEL SYSTEM (2D)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The engine is provided with:


- A fuel system inlet union
- A fuel return line (start purge and injection wheel purge) back
to the tank.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.12

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INJECTION
WHEEL PURGE
(stop purge valve)
START PURGE
(start purge valve)

1
2
FUEL RETURN
LINE

FUEL SYSTEM
INLET UNION

2
To
tank

To
tank

From
tank

To
tank

From tank

FUEL SYSTEM (2D)

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.13

ENGINE INSTALLATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


The engine electrical harness is connected to the EECU installed
in the airframe and to the aircraft electrical system by means
of three connectors (P100, P201, P203).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

2B1-2D: The engine EECU harness (P101 connector) is used


to transmit the ambient temperature T0 signal from
the probe installed on the airframe.
There are also earthing strips and starter-generator cables.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.14

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Engine platform
Aircraft

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Engine
P 200

P 100

AIRCRAFT

ENGINE
STARTER-GENERATOR
CABLES
P 202

P 204

P 201
2D:
EDR

E
E
C
U

EARTHING
STRIPS

P 203
Engine interfaces
Aircraft responsibility
Engine responsibility

2B1-2D:
P 101
(T0)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.15

ENGINE INSTALLATION

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

DRAINS - PURGES - AIR VENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Description

To drain fluids from certain engine components.

A drain collector is fitted on a bracket at the bottom of the


accessory gearbox casing and is connected by a flexible pipe
to an aircraft drain.

Position
- Various pipes on the engine connected to the aircraft drain
system.

Main characteristics
- Stainless steel pipes.

Main components

Three drain tubes are connected to the drain collector:


- The output shaft seal drain
- The fuel pump drive drain
- The combustion chamber and fuel filter drain.

- Engine breather pipe (aircraft manufacturer's supply)

The oil breather union comprises a T union on the upper right


side of the accessory gearbox. Connected to the front of this
union is the oil tank breather and to the rear, the pipe which
discharges into the exhaust.

- Fuel pump drive and fuel filter drain

2D: The engine venting pipe is connected to the exhaust.

- Injection wheel purge

The injection wheel purge (through the stop purge valve) and
start purge drain valve are connected to the aircraft to be
returned to the tank.

- Combustion chamber drain

- Start purge valve outlet


- Exhaust pipe drain
- Output shaft seal drain.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

The double exhaust pipe drain connects into one pipe which is
connected to an aircraft overboard drain.

Edition: February 2012

11.16

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Function

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INJECTION WHEEL
PURGE

FUEL PUMP
DRIVE DRAIN
AND FUEL FILTER

Interfaces

EXHAUST PIPE
DRAIN
2B/2B1

OIL
BREATHER
UNION

2D

Engine breather
pipe
(supplied by the aircraft manufacturer)

To fuel tank

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER DRAIN

DRAINS - PURGES - AIR VENTS


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

START
PURGE

Edition: February 2012

DRAIN
COLLECTOR

OUTPUT SHAFT
SEAL DRAIN

To aircraft
drain

11.17

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FIRE PROTECTION
Description
The system includes:

Function
The fire detection system detects overtemperature in the engine
compartment and gives a cockpit indication.

Position

- On the engine: detectors and electrical wiring


- In the aircraft: indicating lights, fire detection unit and test
selector (aircraft manufacturer's supply).

Fire detectors

- In the system: connected to the cockpit


- On the engine:
"Cold" zone: one detector on the right of the accessory
gearbox and one detector on top of the pump and
metering unit assembly
"Hot" zone: one detector on the rear flange of the
combustion chamber casing left side.

Each fire detector includes a sealed bi-metallic strip which opens


the electrical circuit in case of overheat. It is fitted with a resistance
in parallel which enables the system to differentiate between
the normal opening of a detector and a wiring defect.
Note: Refer to the aircraft manual for more information.

Main characteristics
- "Cold" zone:
Detector setting: nominal value: 200C (392F),
Quantity: 2
- "Hot" zone:
Detector setting: nominal value: 400C (752F),
Quantity: 1

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.18

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Fire detection

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Cold zone

FIRE
DETECTOR

Hot zone

Aircraft

+
Alarm

TERMINALS

Engine

Detection
logic

+
SEALED
BI-METALLIC
DETECTOR

Test button

MOUNTING
FLANGE

"HOT" ZONE
Nominal value:
400C (752F)
Quantity:
1

FIRE PROTECTION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

"COLD" ZONE
Nominal value:
200C (392F)
Quantity:
2

11.19

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.20

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

BEFORE THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY


- Make sure that the engine surroundings are free from
any foreign objects
Check the air intake surroundings
Check the exhaust pipe surroundings
Remove the protective covers
BETWEEN TWO FLIGHTS
- Make sure that nothing is flowing through the main drain
of the engine deck

- Drain cluster
Check

Chap. 71

- Engine front support


Inspection

Chap. 72

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Tubes and unions
Inspection

Chap. 70

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS


- Visually check for leaks
on the engine
on the support platform of the engine compartment
- The last check is to make sure that the engine
surroundings are free from any foreign objects
check the air intake surroundings
check the exhaust pipe surroundings
install the protective covers, if necessary

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2B-2B1)

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.21

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05).

Servicing inspections
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:
- Before the first flight of the day
- Between two flights
- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Mandatory maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness
objectives.

Required maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect
flight safety.

Recommended maintenance tasks


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.22

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

SERVICING INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED MAINTENANCE TASKS

BEFORE THE FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY


REQUIRED
- Make sure that the engine surroundings are free from
any foreign objects
Check the air intake surroundings
Check the exhaust pipe surroundings
Remove the protective covers

- Engine front support


Inspection

Chap. 72

BETWEEN TWO FLIGHTS


MANDATORY
- Make sure that nothing is flowing through the main drain
of the engine deck
AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS
MANDATORY
- Make sure that there is no leak on engine floor and no
signs of impact or deterioration of engine attachments
and fire protections of shut-off valve and HMU
REQUIRED
- The last check is to make sure that the engine
surroundings are free from any foreign objects
Check the air intake surroundings
Check the exhaust pipe surroundings
Install the protective covers, if necessary

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (2D)

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.23

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in
the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.24

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
- Fire detector
Removal / Installation

Chap. 26

- Drain tube of the fuel pump assembly


Removal / installation

Chap. 71

- Fuel return to tank tube (start electro-valve


drain tube)
Removal / installation

- Engine front support


Removal / installation

Chap. 71
Chap. 72

Chap. 71

- Tube of the turbine casing drain valve


assembly
Removal / installation

- Purge valve outlet of the pump and metering


unit assembly
Removal / installation

Chap. 71

- Turbine casing drain valve assembly


Removal / installation

Chap. 71

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

11.25

ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(non exhaustive list)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- General ................................................................................................... 12.2


- Troubleshooting .................................................................................... 12.4
- Conclusion ............................................................................................ 12.8 - 12.9

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.1

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1
2 - TROUBLESHOOTING

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

GENERAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Repair procedure

Troubleshooting is a very important aspect of maintenance.

The repair procedure should be guided by two main


considerations:

It allows the probable cause(s) of a failure to be identified.


Efficient diagnosis reduces the extra maintenance costs due to
unjustified removals and additional diagnosis time.
In fact, even with a very high-reliability product, failure is inevitable
and required actions should be taken efficiently.

- Minimum downtime
- Justified removal of components.
The procedure to be applied depends on the case concerned
but, in general, good knowledge of the product and methodical
research allows a safe diagnosis and quick corrective action.
Generally, the procedure includes the identification of the failure,
its analysis, the isolation of the non-conforming component, and
the choice of the repair to be applied.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.2

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Introduction

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Inevitable

Random

Failure
(single, double,
dormant)

Troubleshooting/
repair
- Diagnosis
- Remedy
- Repair
- Check

MTTR
(Mean Time To Repair)

- Appropriate means and


procedures
- Training of personnel

Symptoms (additional information, etc.)


Do not neglect any components and take
interactions into consideration.
Analysis of the anomaly
Isolation of the non-conforming component
Or other
perception

Additional
checks

Total time required for


troubleshooting / repair

Substitution

Remedy
(adjustment, replacement, cleaning, repair)

GENERAL
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Deduction

Edition: February 2012

12.3

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-06

On selection of start, N1 increase, but no increase in T4.5

Yes

The ignition
system operates
(noise of HE components)

Possible start on
1 injector +
1 igniter plug if
on the same side
Or
fuel supply

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

No

Note: Refer to the test


procedure in order
to discriminate

Note: It is also possible to check the


fuel flow through the combustion
chamber drain valve.

STARTING ANOMALIES (1)

TROUBLESHOOTING

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.4

TROUBLESHOOTING

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-06

T4.5
approx. 200C

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Abnormal T4.5 rise

T4.5 > 200C


but not sufficient

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

T4.5
too high

Increase due to the


injectors, but the main
system is not supplied

Note: In all cases, check the electrical


supply (battery voltage).

STARTING ANOMALIES (2)

TROUBLESHOOTING

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.5

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-06

Deceleration to idle

N1
deceleration

Yes
N1 stabilisation

Yes

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

No

No

Stop selection

The engine
stops, N1 and T4.5
decrease

No

Yes

Correct
rundown
time

No

Note: Stop is delayed for several


seconds (closing of the
metering unit)

The engine shut-down can then be


effected by the shut-off valve.
Further checking required
(HP pump, ...)

ANOMALIES DURING ENGINE SHUT-DOWN

TROUBLESHOOTING

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.6

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-06

Abnormal oil pressure indication

Low pressure

Yes

No pressure

Variation

Low oil
pressure light
illuminated?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

High pressure

No

LUBRICATION ANOMALIES

TROUBLESHOOTING

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.7

TROUBLESHOOTING

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Despite the high reliability of the product, failures remain


inevitable and happen at random. But their rate and effects
can be reduced if the "enemies" of the engine are taken into
consideration.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONCLUSION

When the failure occurs, you have to be in a position to correct


it.

"Enemies" of the engine


The traditional adverse conditions for this type of engine are:
- Supply (oil, air, fuel, electricity):
Oil: not in conformity with spec., contamination
Air: sand, salt, pollutions
Fuel: not in conformity with spec., contaminations
Electricity: low voltage, connectors, interference
- Operation ("non respect" of instructions and procedures,
severe operating conditions)
- Maintenance ("non respect" of inspection frequencies, various
mistakes, wrong logistic).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.8

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

FUEL

ELECTRICITY

- Not in conformity with


specifications
- Water in fuel
- Sulphur + salt in the air =
sulphidation

- Too low voltage


during starting
- Interference

AIR

OPERATION

- Sand
- Salt
- Pollutions

- "Non respect" of instructions


and procedures
- Severe operating conditions

OIL

MAINTENANCE

- Not in conformity
with specifications
- Contaminations

- "Non respect" of inspection


frequencies
- Various mistakes
- Wrong logistic

CONCLUSION
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

12.9

TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

- Introduction ........................................................................................... 13.2


- Questionnaire 1 ..................................................................................... 13.3
- Questionnaire 2 ..................................................................................... 13.6
- Questionnaire 3 ..................................................................................... 13.12
- Questionnaire 4 ..................................................................................... 13.15 - 13.30

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.1

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1
3 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Types of questionnaires

Continuous checking helps to ensure the information is


assimilated. It is more a method of work than a testing in the
traditional sense.

Several types of questionnaire can be employed during a


course:

Objectives of the questionnaires

- Short answer questionnaire

The questionnaires permit a progressive assimilation and a long


term retention. The questionnaires are a subject for discussion
(effects of group dynamics). They also permit students to consider
important subjects several times under different aspects.

- Multi Choice Questionnaire (MCQ)

Integration into the training programme


- First hour every day for revision of the subjects previously
studied
- After each chapter (or module) of the course
- At the end of the training course.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

- Traditional written questionnaire

- Oral questionnaire
- Learning Through Teaching(LTT; the student has to explain
a given subject).

Examination
The final examination at the end of the course consists of three
tests: written, oral and practical. A certificate is given to the
student if the results are satisfactory.

Edition: February 2012

13.2

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Method

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

This traditional questionnaire is established according to the


same plan as the training notes in which the answers can be
found.

Power plant
1 - List the main functional components of the power plant.
2 - Explain the thermodynamic operation of the engine.

Engine
1 - List the main components of the gas generator.
2 - State the following characteristics:
Compression ratio
Turbine entry temperature
N2 speed at 100%
N1 speed at 100%

3
- State the following features (at take-off, in standard
atmosphere):
Power on the shaft
Output shaft rotation speed
Mass of the engine with specific equipment
Main overall dimensions of the power plant.

3 - Describe the power turbine assembly.

4 - Explain the principle of engine adaptation to the helicopter


power requirements.

7 - Describe the system used for bearing sealing.

5 - Give a definition of the operating ratings.

9 - Describe the engine air intake.

6 - List the main practices of a periodic inspection.

- List the manufacturing materials of the engine main


10
components.

7 - List the technical publications used for engine maintenance.

4 - Describe the fuel injection system.


5 - List the engine driven accessories.
6 - List the bearings which support the gas generator.
8 - Describe the modular construction of the engine.

8 - Describe the compressor cleaning procedure.


9 - Name the LRUs of the air system.
10 - Explain the attachment of each of the modules.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.3

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 1

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)
Control system
1 - List the main functions of the control system.

1 - Explain the general operation of the oil system.


2 - Describe the oil filter assembly.

2 - Explain the basic principle of the control system.

3 - State the location of scavenge strainers and magnetic


plugs.

3 - Explain the operating principle of the speed control.

4 - What is the purpose of the check valve?

4 - List the components of the Engine Electronic Control


Unit.

5 - How many magnetic plugs are there on the engine?

5 - List the logic input signals of the EECU.


6 - List the analog input signals of the EECU.

Air system
1 - List the functions ensured by the internal air system
(secondary system).

7 - Describe and explain the operation of the auto / manual


selector.

2 - List the function of the various air tappings.

8 - Describe the Engine Electronic Control Unit.

3 - Why are the start injectors ventilated?

Measurement and indicating systems

4 - Explain the purpose and the operation of the compressor


bleed valve.

Fuel system
2 - Describe the HP fuel pump.

4 - Describe the gas temperature measurement and indicating


system.

3 - Describe the fuel metering unit.


4 - What is the purpose of the constant P valve.
5 - Explain the principle of fuel injection (main and starting
injection).

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

2 - Describe the power turbine speed measurement and


indicating system.
3 - Explain the operating principle of the torquemeter
system.

1 - What type of fuel system is it.

6 - Explain the operation of the fuel valves assembly.

1 - List the various measurement and indicating systems.

5 - What is the purpose of the torque conformation box?


6 - To which module is the T4.5 conformation box matched?
7 - What is the purpose of the EDR ?

Edition: February 2012

13.4

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil system

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

Starting system

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)

1 - Describe the cranking function of the engine.


2 - Describe the ignition system (ignition unit and igniter
plugs).
3 - List the main phases of the starting cycle.

Electrical system
1 - Describe the electrical harnesses and connectors.
2 - Describe the alternator.

Engine installation
1 - Describe the attachment of the engine to the aircraft.
2 - Describe the engine power drive and the power
transmission.
3 - List the various engine / aircraft interfaces.
4 - Describe the fire protection system of the engine.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.5

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 2

The student can answer orally or in the space provided for the
answers.

Questions

Answers

Answers

10 - Flight envelope - Max. altitude?


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The following questions require short and accurate answers.

Questions

11 - Flight envelope Max. temperature?


12 - Start envelope - Max. altitude?

1 - ARRIEL 2 power class?

13 - Engine air flowat 100% N1?

2
- Power turbine rotation speed at
100%?

14 - Overall compression ratio?


15 - Max. turbine entry temperature?

3 - Type of main fuel injection?

16
- Gas generator rotation speed at
100% N1?

4 - Number of engine modules?


5 - Number of power turbine stages?
6 - Name the two engine ratings?

18 - Direction of rotation of the power


turbine?

7 - Mass of the equipped engine?


8 P o w e r e v o l u t i o n
-
increases?

N1

19 - Manufacturing material for the axial


compressor?

9
- Specific fuel consumption at
400kW?

20
- What type of bearing is the axial
compressor bearing?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

when

17
- Direction of rotation of the gas
generator?

Edition: February 2012

13.6

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions

21 - How is the axial compressor mounted


on the gas generator module?

Answers

Questions

Answers
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

30 - Type of power turbine front bearing?


31 - Type of gas generator rear bearing?

22 - Axial compressor compression ratio?


23
- Manufacturing material for the
centrifugal compressor wheel?
24
- Number of stages of the centrifugal
compressor diffuser?
25 - Type of combustion chamber?
26
- Manufacturing material for the
combustion chamber?

32
- To which module does the power
turbine nozzle guide vane belong?
33 - Type of power turbine?
34 - Does the exhaust pipe belong to one
module (yes or no)?
35 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment?
36
- Number of gears in the reduction
gearbox?

27 - How is the injection wheel mounted on


the shaft?

37
- What type of gears are used in the
reduction gearbox?

28
- Pressure drop in the combustion
chamber?

38 - Number of driven accessories on the


accessory gearbox?

29 - Number of stages of the gas generator


turbine?

39
- Manufacturing material for the
accessory gearbox casing?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.7

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions

Answers

Questions

Answers

40 - Is the oil pressureadjustable?

50 - Max. oil temperature?

41
- Number of pumps in the oil pump
pack?

51 - Location of the centrifugal breather?

42 - Type of oil pumps?


43 - What is the setting of the oil filter preblockage indicator?
44 - Filtering ability of the oil filter?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

52 - Air tapping for the pressurisation of the


power turbine front bearing?
53
- Air pressure at the centrifugal
compressor outlet?
54
- Air temperature at the centrifugal
compressor outlet?

45 - Setting of the oil filter by-pass valve?

55 - When does the start injector ventilation


begin?

46 - Type of seal for the gas generator rear


bearing sealing?

56 - Max. air tapping flow?


57 - Type of compressor bleed valve?

47 - Max. oil consumption?


48 - Type of oil pressure transmitter?
49 - Setting of the low oil pressure switch?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

58
- Position of the bleed valve during
starting?
59 - Which type of pressure is used for bleed
valve control signal?

Edition: February 2012

13.8

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions

60 - Where is the P3 transmitter fitted?


61 - Type of LP fuel pump?
62 - Filtering ability of the fuel filter?
63 - Setting of the fuel filter by-pass valve?
64 - Type of HP fuel pump?
65
- Position of the pump pressure relief
valve in normal engine running?
66 - Type of fuel metering unit?
67 - Position of the constant P valve when
the engine is stopped?
68 - Type of manual fuel flow control?
69
- Type of metering needle control
actuator?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Answers

Questions

Answers
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

70 - What type of valve is the stop electrovalve?


71 - Setting of the fuel pressurising valve?
72 - Number of start injectors?
73
- Position of the combustion chamber
drain valve when the engine is
stopped?
74 - Type of fuel control system?
75 - Signals for the start fuel flow control?
76 - Is the max. torque limit calculated by
the EECU?
77 - What is the N1 speed (%) at ground
idle?
78 - Is the metering needle frozen in
"mixed" control mode?
79 - Origin of XTL signal?

Edition: February 2012

13.9

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions

Answers

80 - What are the two functions of the T4.5


signal in the EECU?

82 - How many modules does the EECU


include?
83
- Position of the manual control in
normal engine running?
84 - Type of speed sensors?
85 - Number of N1 speed sensors?
86 - Number of N2 speed sensors?
87 - Number of thermocouple probes?
conformation

89 - H o w a r e t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e s
connected(parallel or series)?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Questions

Answers

90 - Location of the torquemeter?


91 - Type of torque sensor?

81 - Location of the EECU?

88
- Location of the T4.5
box?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

92
- Type of signal output by the torque
sensor?
93 - Is the torque sensor associated with a
particular module?
94 - Is the bleed valve position known by
the EECU?
95 - Type of ignition system?
96
- Gas generator rotation speed at
starter cut-off?
97 - Number of igniter plugs?
98 - Max. duration of a crank?
99 - Is the ignition cable integral with the
igniter plug?

Edition: February 2012

13.10

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions

Answers

Questions

Answers

100 - Number of electrical connectors?

110 - Min. electrical supply voltage before


starting?

101 - Location of the alternator?

111 - What is the role of the engine logbook?

102 - Type of seal on the power shaft?

112 - Meaning of TBO?

103 - Type of connection engine/MGB?

113
- Is borescopic inspection of the
combustion chamber possible?

104 - Number of engine drains?

114 - Procedure in case of indication of fuel


filter blockage?

105 - How many fire detectors are there?

115
- Is there an adjustment of the
torquemeter sensor?

106 - Power turbine max overspeed?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

116
- Is the removal of the free wheel
permitted in field maintenance?

107 - Max. gas temperature during starting?


108 - Minimum rundown time?
109 - How many engine lifting points?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.11

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

This multi-choice questionnaire is used to review, in a relatively


short time, certain important points and to test the acquired
knowledge.
Answers to the questions can be found at the end of the
questionnaire.
1 - The ARRIEL 2 engine is:
a) a free turbine turboshaft engine
b) a turbo-jet engine
c) a fixed turbine turboshaft engine.
2 - Section of passage of the compressor diffusers:
a) regular
b) divergent
c) convergent.
3 - Type of combustion chamber:
a) annular with centrifugal injection
b) annular, reverse flow
c) annular, indirect flow.
4 - The power turbine nozzle guide vane belongs to:
a) module M04
b) module M03
c) module M02
5 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment:
a) bolts
b) mounting pads
c) clamp.
For training purposes only
Copyright - Turbomeca Training

6 - How many bearings support the gas generator:


a) 4
b) 2
c) 3

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 3

7 - The engine includes:


a) a hot section and a cold section
b) 5 modules
c) 4 modules.
8 - Type of oil system:
a) dry sump
b) constant pressure
c) lubrication by splashing.
9 - Setting of the oil filter pre-blockage indicator:
a) lower than the by-pass valve
b) higher than the by-pass valve
c) the same as the pump valve.
1
0 - The oil scavenge strainers are located:
a) at the outlet of the pumps
b) on the inlet of the scavenge pumps
c) at the inlet of the lubricated components.
1
1 - Is there a max. oil temperature:
a) yes, 60C
b) no
c) yes, 115C max.

Edition: February 2012

13.12

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

12 - The air tapped at the centrifugal wheel outlet


pressurises:
a) some labyrinth seals
b) the tank
c) the pumps.
1
3 - Position of the bleed valve during flight:
a) open
b) closed
c) depends on conditions.
1
4 - Ventilation of start injectors:
a) does not exist
b) is made with air from the compressor
c) is made with atmospheric pressure air.
15 - The injection centrifugal wheel is drained:
a) permanently
b) to enable the ventilation cycle
c) during engine shut-down.
1
6 - The max speed of the gas generator is:
a) limited by the EECU
b) limited by a mechanical stop
c) not limited by the Fuel Control Unit.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

1
7 - The signal from the P3 pressure transmitter is used to:
a) to indicate pressure
b) to avoid overpressure
c) to control the fuel flow.
1
8 - For the 2D variant: the LP fuel pump is:
a) of vane type
b) of gear type
c) of liquid ring type.
19 - The fuel system pressurising valve:
a) is electrically controlled
b) operates when overpressure occurs
c) gives priority to the start injectors.
2
0 - Type of EECU:
a) hydraulic
b) analog
c) digital.
21 - The thermocouples are wired:
a) in series
b) in parallel
c) on the turbine casing.

Edition: February 2012

13.13

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

22 - The torque indicating system:


a) is hydraulic
b) is not used
c) is of phase displacement type.

28 - HE ignition means:
a) Hot Electrode
b) High Energy
c) High Emission.

23 - Number of thermocouple probes:


a) 8 x 2
b) 4 x 2
c) 3 x 2

29 - Borescopic inspection is used to check:


a) the external parts condition
b) the condition of internal parts which are not accessible
without removal
c) the reduction gearbox condition.

5-a
10 - b
15 - c
20 - c
25 - b
30 - abc?

Answers

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

4-b
9-a
14 - b
19 - c
24 - c
29 - b

27 - Starting is possible with one igniter:


a) yes
b) no
c) yes, in emergency.

3-a
8-a
13 - c
18 - c
23 - a
28 - b

26 - The starter cut-off is made:


a) automatically
b) manually
c) with air pressure.

2-b
7-b
12 - a
17 - c
22 - c
27 - a

2
5 - Number of N1 signals used by control system:
a) 3
b) 2
c) 6

30 - The reliability of the engine is:


a) good
b) fairly good
c) extremely good.

1-a
6-c
11 - c
16 - a
21 - b
26 - a

24 - Number of N2 signals:
a) 2
b) 6
c) 3

Edition: February 2012

13.14

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

This questionnaire is a sort of drill which is also used to test


and perfect the knowledge acquired.

2 - Name the reference stations and locate the number in the


right box:

1 - Complete this table (with values):

Max. Take-Off Power

............................

Compression ratio

...........................

Engine air flow

...........................

T1

T2

CC

N2 speed at 100% ..........................


N1 speed at 100%

WF

...........................
1 - .....................................
2 - .....................................

4.5 - ....................................

3 - .....................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

4 - ....................................

5 - ....................................

Edition: February 2012

13.15

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

10

1 - ..............................

2 - ..............................

3 - ...............................

4 - ...........................

6 - ..............................

7 - ..............................

8 - ...............................

9 - ........................... 10 -............................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

5 -............................

13.16

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3 - Engine - Complete the legend of the diagram:

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

4 - 2B-2B1: Oil system - Complete the legend of the diagram:


5

15

14

13

12

11

Indication

10

1 - ..............................

2 - ..............................

3 - ...............................

4 - ...........................

6 - ..............................

7 - ..............................

8 - ...............................

9 - ........................... 10 -............................

11 - ..............................

12 - ..............................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

5 -............................

13 - ............................... 14 - ........................... 15 -............................

Edition: February 2012

13.17

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

4 - 2D: Oil system - Complete the legend of the diagram:

15

2 3

5 6

14

13

12

11

Indication

10

1 - ..............................

2 - ..............................

3 - ...............................

4 - ...........................

6 - ..............................

7 - ..............................

8 - ...............................

9 - ........................... 10 -............................

11 - ..............................

12 - ..............................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

5 -............................

13 - ............................... 14 - ........................... 15 -............................

Edition: February 2012

13.18

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

5 - Air system - Complete the following table:

P0

P2.4

P2.6

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

P3

Injector ventilation
Aircraft services
Bleed valve control pressure
Injection wheel pressurisation
Axial compressor bearing pressurisation
Gas generator NGV cooling
Power turbine front bearing pressurisation
Gas generator front turbine disc cooling

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.19

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

6 - Air system - Complete the legend of the compressor field diagram:

COMPRESION
RATIO P3 / P0

A
B

AIRFLOW G

A - .........................................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

B - .............................................................

Edition: February 2012

C - .......................................................

13.20

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

6
1

9
3

4
N1

Aircraft

Engine

1 - .........................................................

2 - ............. ................................................

3 - .......................................................

4 - .........................................................

5 - .............................................................

6 - ......................................................

7 - .........................................................

8 - .............................................................

9 - ......................................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.21

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

7 - Fuel system - List the components:

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

10

11

12

13

8 - 2B-2B1: Fuel system - List the components:


7

9
14

15

Indication

5
16
Indication

3
4

1 - .....................................

2 - ........................................

3 - ........................................

4 - ......................................

5 - .....................................

6 - ........................................

7 - ........................................

8 - ......................................

9 - ..................................... 10 - ........................................

11 - ........................................

12 - ......................................

13 - ..................................... 14 - ........................................

15 - ........................................

16 - ......................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.22

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

10

11

12

13

9
14

15

16
1
3
4

1 - .....................................

2 - ........................................

3 - ........................................

4 - ......................................

5 - .....................................

6 - ........................................

7 - ........................................

8 - ......................................

9 - ..................................... 10 - ........................................

11 - ........................................

12 - ......................................

13 - ..................................... 14 - ........................................

15 - ........................................

16 - ......................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.23

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

8 - 2D: Fuel system - List the components:

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Engine stopped

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

9 - Fuel system - Complete the following table:

Engine in stabilised
flight

Fuel pumps.................................................................
Pump pressure relief valve.........................................
Constant P valve .....................................................
Metering needle .........................................................
Stop electro-valve.......................................................
Start electro-valve......................................................
Pressurising valve......................................................
Stop purge valve........................................................
Combustion chamber drain valve...............................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.24

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

10 - Control system - List the components:

NR
9

N1

8 N2

XMV*
1
WF*
2
WF*
3

N1 speed

N1*
4
N1*
N1*
N1*
6

N2 speed

N2 datum
Collective pitch

1 - .........................................................

2 - ............. ................................................

3 - .......................................................

4 - .........................................................

5 - .............................................................

6 - ......................................................

7 - .........................................................

8 - .............................................................

9 - ......................................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.25

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D
QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
11 - Starting system - List the components:
2B1/2D

4
OFF -

- AR

IDLE -

- ON

- RAL

FLT -

- VOL

- OFF

IDLE
FLIGHT

3
5

1
6

1 - .........................................................

2 - ............. ................................................

3 - .......................................................

4 - .........................................................

5 - .............................................................

6 - ......................................................

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.26

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2B

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

12 - Complete the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Number of lifting points?


Type of fire detectors?
Number of drain points?
How many oil system engine/aircraft interfaces?
Max. air tapping flow for aircraft use?
Loss of power due to aircraft tapping?

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.27

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

14 - Definition of the following documents:


Maintenance manual

Spare parts catalogue

Tools catalogue

Service bulletins

Service letters

Engine log book

Flight manual

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.28

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

15 - Maintenance procedures

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

1
- List 2 advisory notices of "warning"
category.
2 - Time of non operation requiring long
duration storage.
3
- Compressor washing - Product and
procedure.
4 - Procedure to rotate the gas generator
turbine for borescopic inspection.
5
- Location of the vibration sensor Installation.
6 - Type of attachment of the compressor
bleed valve.
7 - Type of attachment of the fuel control
unit.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.29

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

ARRIEL 2B-2B1-2D

Training Notes
1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

16 - Troubleshooting. Indicate the cause(s) in the case of the following faults.


1 - On start selection, N increases but not
the gas temperature (T4.5).
2 - On start selection, N and T4.5 increase
but not sufficiently to obtain start.
3 - On stop selection, the engine does not
completely shut-down.
4 - Drop of oil pressure.

For training purposes only


Copyright - Turbomeca Training

Edition: February 2012

13.30

CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

of these training notes and (maybe also) of the course


but not the END of your training
which must be continued,
harmonizing knowledge and experience.
THANK YOU for your kind attention.
Au revoir
Goodbye
Adis
Auf Wiedersehen
Adeus
Arrivederci
Farvel
To t z i e n s
Adj
Nkemiin
Antio
Ma salaam
Selamat jalan
Adishatz
Ikus Arte

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

END

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Remarks (appreciations, criticisms, suggestions...) should be forwarded to:


TURBOMECA
CENTRE DINSTRUCTION
40220 TARNOS - FRANCE
REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING AIDS

REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING COURSE

Name.......................................................................................................................... .
Address..................................................................................................................... .
Course........................................................ from.........................to.......................... .
TURBOMECA Training Centre

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

REMARKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)